WO2021027605A1 - Method and apparatus for receiving and sending downlink control information - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for receiving and sending downlink control information Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021027605A1
WO2021027605A1 PCT/CN2020/106513 CN2020106513W WO2021027605A1 WO 2021027605 A1 WO2021027605 A1 WO 2021027605A1 CN 2020106513 W CN2020106513 W CN 2020106513W WO 2021027605 A1 WO2021027605 A1 WO 2021027605A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
dci format
payload size
dci
format
bits
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/106513
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘显达
薛丽霞
刘鹍鹏
张旭
陈铮
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021027605A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021027605A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and more specifically, to a method for receiving downlink control information (DCI), a method and a device for sending DCI.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • CoMP technology aims to achieve coordinated transmission between transmission points in different geographical locations.
  • the CoMP technology can improve system performance, especially the spectrum efficiency at the edge of the cell, whether in uplink or downlink.
  • the current mainstream CoMP technology implementation methods can be divided into joint processing (JP) technology and coordinated scheduling/beamforming (CS/CB) technology.
  • each transmission point can send DCI to the terminal device separately, the terminal device may need to blindly detect the DCI sent by multiple transmission points at the same time, and the payload size of different DCIs is configured independently by different transmission points.
  • the current agreement stipulates a way to align the payload size of the DCI format to ensure that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes that the terminal device needs to detect in a carrier does not exceed the threshold, thereby reducing the blind detection of DCI by the terminal device Complexity, but due to the multi-point coordinated transmission mechanism, even the same DCI format will have multiple payload sizes, so that the existing DCI format payload size alignment method does not guarantee that the number of DCI formats is controlled within the threshold Value range.
  • This application provides a method for receiving downlink control information DCI and a method and device for sending DCI. By aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points, the complexity of blind DCI detection by terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario can be reduced.
  • a method for receiving downlink control information DCI is provided.
  • the method for receiving downlink control information DCI may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device. Not limited.
  • the method for receiving downlink control information DCI includes:
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource set (CORESET) groups; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the first DCI format and the second The payload size of the DCI format is the same: when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the second The number of bits in the DCI format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the second DCI format until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the first DCI The number of bits in the format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information and the second configuration information corresponding to different CORESET groups. Specifically, the terminal device determines that the DCI detected on the first CORESET group is The first DCI and the DCI detected on the second CORESET group is the second DCI. Further, the terminal device determines that the first CORESET group has an association relationship with the first configuration information, and the second CORESET group has a relationship with the second configuration information, based on The first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively determine the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format, and make the payload size of the first DCI format and the second DCI format zero-filled or truncated.
  • the payload size of the DCI format is the same, thereby aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information involved in the embodiments of the present application respectively correspond to two different CORESET groups, including the following possible situations:
  • the first CORESET group corresponding to the first configuration information means that the payload size of the DCI detected on the first CORESET group and the field for parsing the DCI are determined according to the first configuration information;
  • the second CORESET group corresponding to the second configuration information means that the payload size of the DCI detected on the second CORESET group and the field for analyzing the DCI are determined according to the second configuration information.
  • the first CORESET group corresponding to the first configuration information refers to: the first configuration information is carried in the first CORESET group; similarly, the second CORESET group corresponding to the second configuration information refers to: the second configuration The information is carried in the second CORESET group.
  • the first CORESET group corresponding to the first configuration information means that the first configuration information is the configuration information sent by the first TRP, and the first CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the first TRP or is associated with the first TRP Similarly, the second CORESET group corresponding to the second configuration information refers to: the second configuration information is the configuration information sent by the second TRP, and the second CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the second TRP or with CORESET group associated with the second TRP.
  • the method for distinguishing the first DCI from the second DCI may also be that the DCI carries signaling to indicate that the DCI is the first DCI or the second DCI.
  • the DCI includes 1-bit signaling, the DCI indicated by the signaling as 0 serves as the first DCI, and the DCI indicated by the signaling as 1 serves as the second DCI.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processing process number is divided into two groups, and the DCI corresponding to HARQ processing process number group 1 is indicated as the first DCI, and the DCI corresponding to HARQ processing process number group 2 is indicated as The second DCI.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the terminal device to only receive the above-mentioned first configuration information and second configuration information, and may also receive other configuration information. For example, it may also receive third configuration information and first configuration information. Four configuration information, where the third CORESET group corresponds to the third configuration information, and the fourth CORESET group corresponds to the fourth configuration information.
  • padding 0 in the DCI format in the embodiment of the present application refers to adding n bits and setting all the added n bits to 0 based on the bits of the DCI format determined according to the configuration information.
  • there is no limitation on other forms of padding 0 in the DCI format You can refer to the solution of padding 0 in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212. It can also be replaced with 1 in the DCI format.
  • filling 0 in the DCI format may mean adding n bits to the end of the bits of the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information and setting all the added n bits to 0.
  • filling 0 in the DCI format may mean adding n bits to the end of the bit corresponding to a certain field in the bits of the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and all the added n bits are set to 0.
  • performing truncation in the DCI format in the embodiment of the present application refers to discarding certain bits to form a shorter bit number based on the bits of the DCI format determined according to the configuration information. There is no restriction on how to perform truncation in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution for performing truncation in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212.
  • truncation is performed in the DCI format, and the position of the truncation may be n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field, and may also be the first n bits or the last n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field.
  • the position at which truncation is performed in the DCI format may be the least important n bits in the DCI format, where the important bits include systematic bits and bits indicating the DCI type, for example, the least important n bits.
  • the bit can be the last n bits in the DCI format.
  • the first configuration information is sent to the terminal device as the first transmission point (TRP#1) in the following to determine the payload size of the first DCI format
  • the second configuration information is the second transmission point (TRP# 2) It is sent to the terminal device to determine the payload size of the second DCI format as an example for description.
  • the first configuration information used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format includes: the first configuration information configures whether certain fields in the first DCI format exist, or the first configuration information configures certain fields in the first DCI format. The number of bits in these fields.
  • the second configuration information used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format includes: the second configuration information configures whether certain fields in the second DCI format exist, or the second configuration information configures bits of certain fields in the second DCI format Digits.
  • the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes configuration The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats are enhanced DCI formats, that is, the DCI format may include one or more of the following fields: a BWP indicator field with configurable bits to indicate the current carrier Internally activated BWP; time domain resource location indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by the PDSCH; precoding resource block (PRB) bundling size indication field with configurable bits , Used to indicate the same precoding frequency domain resource granularity in the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH); the rate matching resource indication field with configurable bits is used to indicate the rate matching resource corresponding to the PDSCH; Zero-power channel estimation reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS) trigger field configured with the number of bits, used to trigger a zero-power CSI-RS resource set; transmission block (transmission block, TB) 2 modulation and coding scheme , New data indication, redundancy version indication fields, used to indicate the transmission scheme of the second TB; configurable bit number of PDSCH to hybrid
  • the scrambling code of the DCI in the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format is configured by UE-specific RRC signaling.
  • At least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fifth DCI format Size, determine the bit number of the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format, fill in the fifth DCI format until the bit number of the fifth DCI format is equal to the bit number of the third DCI format; when the third DCI format The payload size of the format is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the third DCI format until the number of bits in the third DCI format is equal to The number of bits in the fifth DCI format; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format: when the payload size of the fourth DCI format Greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, determine the bit number of the
  • the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the third and fifth DCI formats are used to schedule downlink transmission
  • the fourth and sixth DCI formats are used to schedule uplink transmission, aligning the payload size of the first DCI format and The payload size of the first DCI format may be aligned with the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and aligned with the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format, namely By aligning the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the DCI format issued by different transmission points, and the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, it is possible to align the different user-specific search spaces in the USS.
  • the payload size of the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the D
  • making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format described above in the embodiments of the present application is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device.
  • the protocol stipulates TRP#1 and TRP. #2
  • the terminal device does not need to perform the above-mentioned alignment of the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fifth DCI format
  • making the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device.
  • the protocol stipulates TRP When the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format sent by #1 and TRP#2 are the same, the terminal device does not need to perform the above-mentioned alignment of the payload size of the fourth DCI format with the sixth DCI format The steps of the payload size.
  • the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format configured in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink Transmission; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the validity of the sixth DCI format
  • the payload size is the same: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, determine the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format, and fill in the fourth DCI format with zeros until The number of bits in the fourth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format; when the payload
  • the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS.
  • the sixth DCI format the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission
  • the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the data included in the first DCI format can be aligned with The payload size of the third DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission and the payload size of the fourth DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission, the payload size of the fifth DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission included in the second DCI format, and
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission that is, the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points are aligned, so as to realize the difference Aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the user-specific search space USS can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
  • making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device.
  • the protocol stipulates that TRP#1 sends
  • the terminal device does not need to perform the aforementioned step of aligning the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fourth DCI format; Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, making the payload size of the fifth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device.
  • the protocol stipulates that TRP#2 sends the first step.
  • the terminal device does not need to perform the step of aligning the payload size of the fifth DCI format with the payload size of the sixth DCI format.
  • the first DCI format further includes a seventh DCI format and an eighth DCI format configured in the USS
  • the second DCI format further includes The ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format in the USS, where the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission;
  • the eighth DCI The format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are equal to the first payload size, determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size, and used for scheduling downlink transmission;
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the above-mentioned third, fourth, fifth, and fifth DCI formats may not be included in the DCI format.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats
  • the field has a frequency domain position indication field of the PDSCH, and the number of bits in this field is determined according to the number of RBs included in the BWP in the current carrier.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats
  • the field also has an uplink frequency band indication field, which is used to indicate whether to enable multiple uplink frequency bands.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the seventh DCI format before zero-filling
  • the number of bits in the uplink band indication field in the seventh DCI format is 1.
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format before zero is greater than the payload size of the ninth DCI format before zero filling, and the number of bits in the uplink frequency band indication field in the ninth DCI format is 1.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats can be used in the RRC reconfiguration phase.
  • the terminal device adopts at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the first payload size: when the payload size of the seventh DCI format Greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the seventh DCI format is valid If the payload size is smaller than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the ninth DCI format The payload size of the format is greater than the first payload size, determining the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the tenth DCI format; When the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller
  • the foregoing first DCI format includes the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes the ninth DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format The payload size is equal to the first payload size, which is determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size and used for scheduling downlink transmissions.
  • the payload size of the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are respectively aligned with the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points, and when When the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size, the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format can be the same by default, so as to align the user-specific search space
  • the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the USS can reduce the complexity of the blind detection of the DCI by the terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario.
  • the terminal device adopts the following At least one of the ways to make the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size: when the payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine The number of bits in the eighth DCI format is truncated in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size , Determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the first Payload size, determine the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, truncated in
  • the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is greater than the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is greater than the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
  • the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format: if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the first Payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, fill in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is less than The first payload size determines the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the seventh DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is smaller than the size of the first payload, the
  • the payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, and the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; If the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and truncate in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
  • the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format: if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the first Payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is less than The first payload size determines the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the eighth DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is smaller than the size of the first payload, the number of bits in the eighth DCI
  • the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format: if the The payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, and the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size ; If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is less than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the tenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits of the tenth DCI format is equal to the first Payload size; if the payload size of the seventh D
  • the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format: if the The payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determining the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the tenth DCI format, and truncate in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits of the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload Size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI
  • a possible implementation is to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the sixth DCI format Before the payload size is the same, the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is made equal to the first payload size.
  • a possible implementation is such that the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and the payloads of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats are not aligned.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format are not specifically specified.
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and it is not a necessary step.
  • the protocol specifies the seventh DCI format.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the eighth DCI format, there is no need to perform the above-mentioned step that the payload size of the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; and/or the agreement stipulates that the ninth DCI format is valid If the payload size is the sum of the payload size of the tenth DCI format, there is no need to perform the aforementioned step of aligning the payload size of the ninth DCI format with the first payload size.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format is made the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the fourth DCI format is made effective After the payload size is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, or after making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and/or, making the fifth DCI format After the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, the method further includes: when the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and any of the sixth DCI format When the size of the payload is equal to the size of the first payload, a zero is filled in the DCI format.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format
  • one bit is filled in the third DCI format; when the payload size of the fourth DCI format is the same as the first 7.
  • the payload size of the DCI format or the eighth DCI format is the same, fill a zero in the fourth DCI format; when the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format When the same, fill a bit with zero in the third DCI format; when the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the seventh or eighth DCI format, fill a bit in the fourth DCI format zero.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format are aligned After the size, if the payload size of any of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, it is equal to the first payload size Fill in one zero in the DCI format; or,
  • the payload size of any DCI format in the DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and the DCI format equal to the first payload size is filled in One bit zero.
  • the payload size of the transmitted DCI format is equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, fill a bit 0 in the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission; for the same reason, determine the USS
  • the basic payload size of the DCI format used for uplink scheduling and the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling are compared with the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the USS (the seventh DCI Format, the ninth DCI format) and the enhanced payload size of the D
  • the first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell
  • the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the tenth DCI format Four DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
  • the scrambling code of the DCI in the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI format is configured by broadcast signaling.
  • the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and The fourteen DCI format does not include some or all of the configurable fields included in the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats.
  • the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and Fourteen configurable fields in the DCI format include the frequency domain position indication field of the PDSCH.
  • the number of bits in this field is determined according to the number of RBs included in the initial access BWP, or according to the number of RBs included in CORESET 0.
  • the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and
  • the configurable fields in the fourteen DCI format also include an uplink frequency band indication field, which is used to indicate whether to enable multiple uplink frequency bands.
  • the number of bits in the uplink band indication field in the eleventh DCI format is 1.
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format before zero-filling
  • the number of bits in the uplink frequency band indication field in the thirteenth DCI format is 1.
  • the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats can be used in the initial access phase.
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, Determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is less than The size of the second payload determines the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; The payload size of
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is larger than the second Payload size, determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the fourteenth DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size;
  • the payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second Payload size, determine the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format If the payload size is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if The payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second Payload size
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is larger than the second Payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the thirteenth DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; The payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the largest payload size in the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the twelfth DCI format is The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the bit number of the twelfth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the bit number of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fill in the fourteenth DCI format with zeros until the fourteenth DCI format bits The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the size of the second payload, the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is determined, and the eleventh DCI format is filled with zeros until The number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the size of the payload of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the size of the second payload, the number of bits
  • the payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the fourteenth DCI format, if the twelfth DCI format
  • the payload size of the DCI format is greater than the second payload size, and the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size ; If the size of the payload of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, determine the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and truncate in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of
  • the payload size of the DCI format in the common search space CSS corresponding to two TRPs or two CORESET groups is aligned, so that the two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively correspond to the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission
  • the payload size is aligned to the larger of the payload size of the DCI format of the two TRPs or the two CORESET groups for scheduling uplink transmission. That is, within one carrier, the enhanced DCI format and the basic DCI format in the common search space CSS have only one payload size of the DCI format.
  • the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups can be aligned to the DCIs for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups.
  • the smaller the payload size of the DCI format in the payload size of the format for example:
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, Truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, the fourteenth Truncate in the DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format Until the number
  • the payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, and zero is filled in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the thirteenth DCI format is The payload size is greater than the second payload size, and truncated in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is set to be the same, there is no need to perform the aforementioned Lacy eleven DCI format Steps of the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell
  • the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the Fourteen DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted so that the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is equal to that of the fourteenth DCI format.
  • Payload size when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the twelfth The number of bits in the DCI format; when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format It is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncated in the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the
  • the method further includes at least one of the following ways: based on the first configuration The initial BWP configuration included in the information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the eighth DCI format; based on the second configuration information included The initial BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format;
  • the total number of DCI formats of different payload sizes does not exceed the first preset threshold.
  • the total number of DCI formats of different payload sizes in the USS does not exceed the second preset threshold.
  • the third payload size is the eighth DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the tenth DCI format. If the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size
  • the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format, if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, determine the bit position of the eighth DCI format The number of bits in the eighth DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, the tenth DCI format is determined Number of bits, truncated in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the seventh DCI The number of
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size
  • the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format, if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the bits of the seventh DCI format Number, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the ninth DCI format The number of bits in the ninth DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the first The number of bits in the eighth DCI format.
  • the payload size is to determine the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and fill in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the The third payload size determines the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and truncates in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size
  • the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format, and if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is larger than the third payload size, determine the bits of the seventh DCI format The number of bits in the seventh DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, the ninth DCI format is determined The number of bits, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the eighth DCI The number of bits in the format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size
  • the third payload size is The seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format have the largest payload size of the DCI format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format is larger than the third Payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, fill in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than The third payload size determines the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and fills in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the eighth DCI format is valid If the payload size is smaller than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the tenth DCI The payload size of the format is smaller than the third payload size, and the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size
  • the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size among the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format, if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is larger than the third Payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the The third payload size determines the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format Is greater than the third payload size, determine
  • the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payloads of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payload sizes after the zero-filling or truncation operations described above, and the operations after determining the threshold are based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
  • the basic USS for scheduling uplink transmission is determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission in the CSS
  • the payload size of the DCI format is similarly determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission in the CSS to determine the basic payload size of the USS for scheduling the downlink transmission DCI format, and then perform the alignment of the different USS
  • the specific alignment method of the payload size of the DCI format is similar to the above-mentioned method of aligning the payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS: first align the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission, and then it will be used for scheduling the uplink transmission
  • the payload size of the format is aligned to the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the above-mentioned third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are filled with one or more of the DCI formats, it is determined that different payloads After the number of DCI formats of the size is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, perform the above-mentioned aligning the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format to the third effective Before the payload size, one bit 0 filled in the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, or the sixth DCI format needs to be removed.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is the payload size after the zero-filling or truncation operation, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
  • the aforementioned third payload size is The aforementioned second payload size
  • the aforementioned third payload size is the tenth 2.
  • the payload size of the DCI format or the eleventh DCI format, or the third payload size mentioned above is the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format or the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is the payload size after the zero-filling or truncation operation described above, after the judgment threshold The operation is performed based on the bits after the above zero-filling operation.
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the configuration information Certain bits are executed.
  • the following methods are used to make the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
  • the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are respectively truncated or filled with zeros.
  • the basic payload size used for scheduling the uplink transmission DCI format in the USS is aligned to the payload size used for scheduling the uplink DCI format in the CSS.
  • the method further includes: after judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the The payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size: based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the first configuration
  • the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format; or, based on the payload size included in the second configuration information
  • the initial BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are implemented to make the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format valid.
  • the DCI format before the same payload size is implemented to make the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format valid.
  • the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payload sizes after the zero-filling or truncation operations described above, and the operations after determining the threshold are based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
  • the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined based on the method of determining the second payload size, so that The payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS is the same as the payload size of the different DCI formats in the CSS.
  • the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information Determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format;
  • the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format
  • based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information Determine the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • the third DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device receives the above-mentioned one or more zero-filled or truncated DCI formats.
  • a method for sending downlink control information DCI is provided.
  • the method for sending downlink control information DCI may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit provided in the network device. Not limited.
  • the method for sending downlink control information DCI includes:
  • Send first configuration information the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format; send second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format; wherein, the first The first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format Same: When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the number of bits in the first DCI format and the second DCI format, and fill in the first DCI format with zeros until the first The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the bits of the first DCI format and the second DCI format Number, fill in the second DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to
  • the network device sends the first configuration information and the second configuration information corresponding to different control resource sets CORESET groups. Specifically, the network device respectively determines the validity of the first DCI format
  • the payload size and the payload size of the second DCI format are filled with zeros or truncated so that the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format are the same, thereby aligning the data issued by different transmission points
  • the payload size of the DCI format can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario.
  • the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes configuration The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission ;
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the effective payload of the fifth DCI format
  • the payload size determines the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format.
  • the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the third and fifth DCI formats are used to schedule downlink transmission
  • the fourth and sixth DCI formats are used to schedule uplink transmission, aligning the payload size of the first DCI format and The payload size of the first DCI format may be aligned with the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and aligned with the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format, namely By aligning the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the DCI format issued by different transmission points, and the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, it is possible to align the different user-specific search spaces in the USS.
  • the payload size of the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the D
  • the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format configured in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink Transmission; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the validity of the sixth DCI format
  • the payload size is the same: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, determine the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format, and fill in the fourth DCI format with zeros until The number of bits in the fourth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format; when the payload
  • the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS.
  • the sixth DCI format the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission
  • the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the data included in the first DCI format can be aligned with The payload size of the third DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission and the payload size of the fourth DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission, the payload size of the fifth DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission included in the second DCI format, and
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission that is, the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points are aligned, so as to realize the difference Aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the user-specific search space USS can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
  • the first DCI format further includes a seventh DCI format and an eighth DCI format configured in the USS
  • the second DCI format further includes The ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format in the USS, where the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission
  • the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are equal to the first payload size, which is determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size and used for scheduling downlink transmission
  • the network device uses at least one of the following methods to make the seventh DCI
  • the format and the payload size of the ninth DCI format are equal to the first payload size: when the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the seventh DCI format, and the 7.
  • the foregoing first DCI format includes the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS
  • the second DCI format includes the ninth DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format The payload size is equal to the first payload size, which is determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size and is used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the payload size of the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are respectively aligned with the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points, and when When the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size, the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format can be the same by default, so as to align the user-specific search space
  • the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the USS can reduce the complexity of the blind detection of the DCI by the terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format is made the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the fourth DCI format is made effective After the payload size is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, or after making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and/or, making the fifth DCI format After the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, the method further includes: when the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and any of the sixth DCI format When the payload size of is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled in the DCI grid.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format are aligned After the size, if the payload size of any of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, it is equal to the first payload size Fill in one zero in the DCI format; or,
  • the payload size of any DCI format in the DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and the DCI format equal to the first payload size is filled in One bit zero.
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the USS (the eighth DCI format, the tenth DCI format) and the enhanced payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission ( The third DCI format, the fifth DCI format)
  • the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission is equal to the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission
  • Fill a bit 0 in the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission similarly, compare the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the USS (the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format) and the enhanced,
  • the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission (the fourth DCI format, the sixth DCI format), when the enhanced payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission is equal to the basic one used for scheduling uplink
  • the first DCI format includes an eleventh DCI format and a twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell
  • the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the tenth DCI format Four DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, Determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is less than The size of the second payload determines the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; The payload size of
  • the payload size of the DCI format in the common search space CSS corresponding to two TRPs or two CORESET groups is aligned, so that the two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively correspond to the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission
  • the payload size is aligned to the larger of the payload size of the DCI format of the two TRPs or the two CORESET groups for scheduling uplink transmission. That is, for two TRPs or two CORESET groups in the common search space CSS, a DCI format payload size will be obtained.
  • the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups can be aligned to the DCIs for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups.
  • the smaller the payload size of the DCI format in the payload size of the format for example:
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, Determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and truncate in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the The second payload size determines the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the eleventh
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is set to be the same, there is no need to perform the aforementioned Lacy eleven DCI format Steps of the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the first DCI format includes an eleventh DCI format and a twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell
  • the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the Fourteen DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted so that the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is equal to that of the fourteenth DCI format.
  • Payload size when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the twelfth The number of bits in the DCI format; when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format It is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncated in the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the
  • the method further includes at least one of the following ways: based on the first configuration The initial BWP configuration included in the information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the eighth DCI format; based on the second configuration information included The initial BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format;
  • the third payload size is the eighth DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the tenth DCI format. If the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format.
  • the basic USS for scheduling uplink transmission is determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission in the CSS
  • the payload size of the DCI format is similarly determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission in the CSS to determine the basic payload size of the USS for scheduling the downlink transmission DCI format, and then perform the alignment of the different USS
  • the specific alignment method of the payload size of the DCI format is similar to the above-mentioned method of aligning the payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS: first align the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission, and then it will be used for scheduling the uplink transmission DCI
  • the payload size of the format is aligned to the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the above-mentioned third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are filled with one or more of the DCI formats, it is determined that different payloads After the number of DCI formats of the size is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, perform the above-mentioned aligning the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format to the third effective Before the payload size, one bit 0 filled in the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, or the sixth DCI format needs to be removed.
  • the aforementioned third payload size is The aforementioned second payload size
  • the aforementioned third payload size is the tenth 2.
  • the payload size of the DCI format or the eleventh DCI format, or the third payload size mentioned above is the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format or the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the following methods are used to make the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
  • the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are respectively truncated or filled with zeros.
  • the basic payload size used for scheduling the uplink transmission DCI format in the USS is aligned to the payload size used for scheduling the uplink DCI format in the CSS.
  • the method further includes: after judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the The payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size: based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the first configuration
  • the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET included in the information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format; or, based on the initial configuration information included in the second configuration information.
  • the BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined based on the method of determining the second payload size, so that The payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS is the same as the payload size of the different DCI formats in the CSS.
  • the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information Determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format;
  • the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format
  • based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information Determine the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • the third DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
  • the network device transmits one or more of the above-mentioned DCI formats that are filled with 0 or truncated.
  • an apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI includes a processor for implementing the function of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the device for transmitting downlink control information DCI includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device for transmitting downlink control information DCI implements any of the methods described in the first aspect;
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the device for receiving downlink control information DCI is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, and pin on the chip or chip system. Or related circuits, etc.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • an apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI includes a processor for implementing the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect.
  • the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect.
  • the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the device for sending downlink control information DCI includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device for sending downlink control information DCI implements any of the methods described in the second aspect.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the device chip or chip system for sending downlink control information DCI may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect Method in.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect Method in.
  • a computer program product containing instructions when the instructions are executed by a computer, the communication device realizes the first aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed by a computer, cause a communication device to implement the second aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • a communication system including the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI shown in the third aspect and the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI shown in the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a CORESET configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a device 50 for receiving DCI proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 60 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a device 70 for sending DCI proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 80 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G future 5th generation
  • NSA non-standalone
  • SA standalone
  • the communication system can also be a public land mobile communication network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, and a device-to-device (D2D) communication system.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • D2D device-to-device
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, Terminal equipment (terminal equipment), terminal (terminal), wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN)
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the terminal device or the terminal device in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc. are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device can also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to realize man-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network of interconnection of things.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving of the terminal through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • the terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, gas stations, etc.
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves. , To transmit uplink data to network equipment.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiving function used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR ,
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements part of the functions of gNB
  • DU implements part of the functions of gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 1 is a wireless communication system 100 applicable to the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, for example, the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 shown in FIG. 1. Both the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can communicate with the terminal device 130 through a wireless air interface.
  • the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
  • the wireless communication system 100 further includes one or more terminal devices (terminal devices) 130 located within the coverage area of the first network device 110 and the second network device 120.
  • the terminal device 130 may be mobile or fixed.
  • the terminal device 130 may communicate with one or more core networks (core networks) via a radio access network (RAN).
  • core networks core networks
  • RAN radio access network
  • the wireless communication system 100 can support CoMP transmission, that is, multiple cells or multiple transmission points (serving transmission reception points, serving TRP) can cooperate to send data to the same terminal device on the same time-frequency resource set or partially overlap Send data to the same terminal device on the set of time-frequency resources or send data to the same terminal device on different sets of time-frequency resources.
  • the multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instruction, and the like.
  • the terminal device 130 in the wireless communication system 100 can support multipoint transmission, that is, the terminal device 130 can communicate with the first network device 110 or the second network device 120, where the first network device 110 can serve as Serving network equipment.
  • Serving network equipment refers to the provision of radio resource control (RRC) connection, non-access stratum (NAS) mobility management and security input for terminal equipment through the wireless air interface protocol Service network equipment.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first network device may be a serving network device, and the second network device may be a cooperative network device; or, the first network device may be a cooperative network device and the second network device may be a serving network device.
  • the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, and the cooperative network device may send data to the terminal device; or, the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, the serving network device and the cooperative network device Data can be sent to the terminal device at the same time, or the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the terminal device at the same time, and the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send data to the terminal device at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
  • the number of the second network device can be one or more, and it can meet the requirements of different quasi-common sites/quasi-common sites with the first network device.
  • Quasi-collocation (QCL) network equipment The antenna port QCL is defined as the signal sent from the antenna port of the QCL will undergo the same large-scale fading. Large-scale fading includes delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average channel gain, and average delay. .
  • both the first network device and the second network device may be serving network devices.
  • the first network device and the second network device are both serving network devices in respective cells.
  • the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to the same network device with non-QCL antenna ports. That is, the network device can be configured with different antenna panels, the antenna ports belonging to different antenna panels in the same network device may be non-QCL, and the corresponding cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource configuration may also be possible Is different.
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • the above-mentioned communication system 100 to which the present application is applied is only an example, and the communication system to which the present application is applied is not limited to this.
  • the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system may also be other numbers, or use D2D communication scenarios.
  • Control resource set (CORESET).
  • the control resource set may be understood as a parameter set for configuring the PDCCH, where the parameter set includes physical resource configuration parameters, such as frequency domain resource configuration parameters.
  • the parameter set may also include receiving beam indication information used to receive DCI signaling on the PDCCH, or QCL hypothesis, may also include the DMRS scrambling code configuration of the PDCCH, may also include frequency domain resource mapping methods, and may also include precoding methods And the number of RBs using the same precoding method.
  • the control resource set will also be associated with the search space set.
  • the search space set can be configured with PDCCH detection period and offset, starting symbol in a time slot and other information.
  • the search space set can be configured with a PDCCH period as 1 time slot, and the time domain start symbol is symbol 0, the terminal device can detect the PDCCH at the start position of each time slot.
  • the aggregation level can also be configured in the search space set to indicate the size of the physical resource block on which each blind detection is based
  • the DCI format type can also be configured in the search space set, which is determined according to the search space set and its associated CORESET set
  • the type of the DCI format used to detect the DCI on the physical resource for example, the number of bits for detecting the DCI can be determined according to the type of the DCI format, and the length of each field in the bit can also be determined to analyze the content indicated by the DCI.
  • control resource set in this application may be a CORESET or control region defined in the 5G mobile communication system, or an enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) set, etc. .
  • E-PDCCH enhanced-physical downlink control channel
  • the time-frequency position occupied by the PDCCH can be referred to as the downlink control region.
  • the PDCCH is always located in the first m (m may be 1, 2, 3) symbols in a subframe.
  • the downlink control region can be flexibly configured by RRC signaling through CORESET and search space set (search space set): the control resource set can be configured with PDCCH or control channel element (control channel element, CCE) frequency domain position, time domain The number of continuous symbols (the maximum value is 3) and other information.
  • CORESET index 0 (or CORESET 0 for short) is special. It can be used to carry system information, such as system information block (SIB) information. It can be considered that the index of this CORESET is the CORESET with the smallest index in the serving cell. It can also be considered that the CORESET is the common search space of the cell, that is, the CORESET shared by multiple terminal devices.
  • SIB system information block
  • each transmission point may configure a set of CORESET, and each transmission point separately issues DCI to the terminal device in its configured CORESET.
  • BWP Bandwidth part
  • the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standards organization is currently formulating 5G protocol standards, also known as new wireless standards.
  • the NR system can support a large system bandwidth, and for each terminal device, only a part of the system bandwidth may be used for data transmission.
  • Network equipment can be used to configure different working bandwidths for each of its services according to current business requirements and scheduling strategies. For example, for low-cost and low-rate terminal equipment, or for services with low-rate requirements, network equipment can be configured with 5MHz working bandwidth . And for high-speed and high-performance terminal equipment, or for services that require high transmission rates, network equipment can be configured with a 100MHz working bandwidth. Therefore, NR introduces the concept of BWP, that is, for each terminal device, the total frequency domain resources occupied by current service transmission.
  • a BWP is a segment of continuous frequency resources on a cell carrier.
  • a network device can configure BWPs with different bandwidth sizes for different terminal devices.
  • this BWP is called an active BWP (active BWP).
  • the data sent by the terminal equipment is carried in the upstream active BWP, and the control information or data sent by the network equipment will be limited to the downlink. active within BWP.
  • the current protocol supports that one terminal device can only perform data transmission on one active BWP (one for uplink and one for downlink).
  • the BWP allocated by the terminal device during initial access is called initial BWP (initial BWP), and the configuration information of the initial BWP is usually notified through system messages or broadcast messages.
  • BWP may also be referred to as system bandwidth, and for brevity, it is referred to as BWP in the following.
  • the original control information bits are added with an additional cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC), and the CRC is used for error detection judgment when the receiving end performs a decoding operation.
  • the CRC check bits are scrambled by the radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) sequence x rnti,0 ,x rnti,1 ,...,x rnti,15 to form the sequence c 0 ,c 1 ,c 2 ,c 3 ,...,c K-1 .
  • RNTI radio network temporary identifier
  • the information bits that have undergone the above operations are transmitted to the channel coding module and rate matching is completed; then, bit modulation is performed according to a specific quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) criterion, and then mapped to time-frequency domain resources.
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • the time-frequency resource is configured through high-level signaling or through system messages (with CORESET as the configuration unit).
  • the terminal device performs DCI detection and decoding according to time-frequency resources and specific blind detection (BD) rules.
  • BD blind detection
  • the terminal device In order to obtain control information, the terminal device needs to know in advance the number of bits of the DCI issued by the network device and the meaning of each bit (corresponding to the division of the DCI field, that is, which bits indicate what information).
  • the above content can be Think of it as the DCI format (format).
  • CORESET contains in the frequency domain Resource blocks (resource blocks, RB), where the number of RBs and RB positions are configured through high-level signaling, and the frequency domain resource configuration mode of the PDCCH is indicated by a bitmap with a granularity of 6 RBs;
  • CORESET contains OFDM symbols, where the number of OFDM symbols and OFDM positions can also be configured through higher-layer signaling.
  • a slot includes 14 OFDM symbols, that is, the PDCCH is usually in front of a slot. OFDM symbols.
  • the time domain location is indicated by the search space configuration information associated with the CORESET.
  • the search space is also used to configure the types of DCIs to be distributed in the corresponding search space, including common search space (CSS) and user specific search space (USS).
  • CSS is used to carry multiple instructions.
  • the control information (group common DCI) of the terminal device is jointly detected by multiple terminal devices.
  • the USS is used to carry control information (UE specific DCI) indicating a terminal device, which is detected by the terminal device.
  • the QCL assumption between the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) corresponding to the PDCCH and the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) is used to indicate the large-scale channel information and the received beam of the DMRS
  • the beam pair link (BPL) can be obtained based on its associated CSI-RS.
  • a terminal device can be configured with multiple CORESETs. as shown in picture 2.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a CORESET configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from Figure 2 that the network device can configure multiple CORESETs for the terminal device (CORESET#1 and CORESET#2 as shown in Figure 2).
  • different CORESETs can correspond to different QCL assumptions of received signals and large-scale channel characteristic information. It is understandable that in the scenario of coordinated transmission of different sites, different sites have different transmission paths relative to terminal devices, which will lead to different QCL assumptions and large-scale channel characteristic information, so that different sites can occupy different CORESETs to issue control information.
  • the DCI for scheduling different data transmissions can be scrambled with different radio network temporary identifiers (RNTI).
  • RNTI may include cell identification (cell-RNTI, C-RNTI), access identification (random access-RNTI, RA-RNTI), paging identification (paging-RNTI, P-RNTI), etc., where C-RNTI It can be used to scramble the DCI of the data of the scheduling terminal device, the RA-RNTI can be used to scramble the random access response message sent by the scheduling network device to the terminal device, and the P-RNTI can be used to scramble the paging message.
  • the PDCCHs of different terminal devices can be distinguished by their corresponding C-RNTIs, that is, the CRC of the DCI is masked by the C-RNTI.
  • the terminal device generally does not know the format of the DCI currently sent, nor does it know which candidate PDCCH the DCI it needs is on. However, the terminal device knows what information it is currently expecting. For the different information expected, the terminal device uses The information on the corresponding RNTI and the configured candidate PDCCH is checked for CRC. If the CRC check is successful, the terminal device knows that the DCI information is needed by itself and also knows the corresponding DCI format, so as to further analyze the DCI Content.
  • the number of blind checks is used to characterize the processing process unit of the terminal device performing DCI detection, that is, the unit that defines the processing complexity consumed by the terminal device to perform DCI detection.
  • the same candidate PDCCH corresponds to multiple DCI formats, which consumes multiple blind checks
  • DCI format DCI format
  • related configuration information DCI format
  • NR defines multiple DCI formats, and which fields are included in each DCI format and the size of each field can be radio resource control (RRC) Configured, or can also be pre-defined.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NR currently supports 4 formats of DCI for scheduling data transmission, which are recorded as DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_0, and DCI format 1_1. The following briefly introduces the DCI of these 4 formats:
  • the DCI of the above four formats can be divided into two categories: DCI used for scheduling physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) scheduling DCI, where DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 are DCI used to schedule PUSCH, and DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 are DCI used to schedule PDSCH.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the DCI of the above four formats can also be divided into two categories: basic DCI (fallback DCI) and enhanced DCI (non-fallback DCI), among which DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are basic DCI, and DCI format 0_1 And DCI format 1_1 are enhanced DCI. It should be understood that the content of the fields contained in the DCI of different formats and the payload size of the corresponding DCI are different.
  • the network equipment can send basic DCI to the terminal equipment for data scheduling, thereby avoiding network equipment and Terminal devices have inconsistent understanding of RRC configuration.
  • the network device does not configure the transmission mode for the terminal device through high-level signaling, it is mainly the time period after the initial access until the RRC configuration is completed and effective. Since the terminal device cannot receive any configuration information indicated by the RRC signaling during this period, the protocol needs to predefine a transmission mechanism, that is, single-port transmission based on basic DCI scheduling. The main reason is that the transmission mechanism does not depend on the RRC signaling. Therefore, data transmission can be completed by indicating the parameters required for transmission through DCI signaling.
  • the payload size of DCI format 0_0 is only the same as the FDRA
  • the field is related to the SUL indicator field.
  • the above DCI format 0_1 includes fields configured by RRC signaling, such as carrier indicator bits, bandwidth part indicators, time domain resource allocation bits, and so on.
  • the aforementioned DCI format 1_0 is a DCI format when C-RNTI is used for scrambling and the FDRA field is not all 1s, or a DCI format is used for CS-RNTI scrambling.
  • the DCI format 1_0 except for the FDRA field, the length of the remaining fields are all fixed and do not need to be configured through RRC signaling. Therefore, the payload size of the DCI format 0_1 is only related to the FDRA field and can be understood as DCI
  • the FDRA domain of format 0_1 is only The value of is related.
  • DCI format 1_1 in addition to the FDRA field, there are many fields that are not fixed in length and need to be configured through RRC signaling, for example, carrier indicator bits, bandwidth part indicators, time domain resource allocation bits, and so on. Therefore, the payload size of DCI format_1 is not only The value of is related and is flexible and variable.
  • DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 are usually carried in USS, and DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 can be CSS or USS.
  • DCI for indicating other system information which is usually carried in the CSS.
  • the number of payload sizes in the DCI format needs to meet the following two judgment conditions at the same time, namely:
  • the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
  • Table 5 and Table 6 respectively show the different scenarios with The value of.
  • the FDRA domain Using the number of RBs included in the initial UL BWP, in the USS, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is met, the value in the FDRA domain Using active UL BWP calculation, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is not met, the value in the FDRA domain Use initial UL BWP calculation.
  • the FDRA field Using the initial DL BWP calculation, in the USS, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is met, the value in the FDRA domain Using active DL BWP calculation, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is not met, the value in the FDRA domain Calculate using initial DL BWP.
  • the network device may also send DCI in other formats to the terminal device in one time slot, for example, C-RNTI scrambled CRC DCI format 0_1, C-RNTI scrambled CRC DCI format 1_1, SFI-RNTI scrambled CRC
  • the DCI format 2_0 is used to indicate the frame structure
  • the DCI format 2_1 of the INT-RNTI scrambled CRC is used to indicate information such as data preemption.
  • network equipment and terminal equipment need to align the validity of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS according to the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format. The size of the load.
  • the network device needs to send two DCIs with different payload sizes to the terminal device, which are DCI format 0_1 and C-RNTI of C-RNTI scrambled CRC.
  • the DCI format 1_1 of scrambled CRC since the DCI of other formats occupies a part of the payload size of the DCI format, the number of the payload size of the DCI scrambled by the C-RNTI of different DCI formats can be sent, and the number of the payload size of the DCI is still 2.
  • the number of DCI payload sizes of different payload sizes is only one, because two conditions must be met at the same time, so there is one DCI payload size. If the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are to be sent in CSS and USS, alignment rules need to be used to align the two DCI formats with different payload sizes into a DCI format payload size alignment method.
  • the benchmark performs padding 0 or truncation until it is aligned with the payload size of the benchmark DCI format, so that the payload size of the DCI format can be aligned, reducing the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes, thereby reducing The complexity of blind detection of DCI by terminal equipment.
  • the payload size of the DCI format is aligned.
  • Step 1 According to the initial UL BWP included Determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in CSS, according to CORESET 0 or the initial DL BWP included Determine the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS, that is, the bits of other fields in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are predetermined, and the frequency domain resource indication field can be configured through signaling. number.
  • DCI format 0_0 in the CSS is smaller than the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS, then 0 is filled in DCI format 0_0; if the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the CSS is greater than that of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS
  • the payload size is based on DCI format 1_0, and some bits in DCI format 0_0 are truncated. The truncated position is some bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field, that is, DCI format 0_0 aligns the payload according to DCI format 1_0 size.
  • the DCI payload size involved in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to as DCI size or DCI payload size.
  • the DCI payload size is understood as the number of bits of the DCI, and the number of bits of the DCI refers to the number of bits of the entire DCI that needs to be blindly checked on the terminal device side. It should be understood that the number of bits of the DCI after truncation or zero-filling is performed is equal to the number of remaining bits after the number of DCI information bits is truncated or the number of DCI information bits plus the number of complementary zero bits.
  • the number of DCI bits is equal to the number of bits remaining after the number of DCI information bits is truncated. If the DCI is zero-filled, the number of bits of DCI is equal to the number of DCI information bits plus the supplement The number of zero bits.
  • Step 2 According to the UL BWP that is activated on the current carrier Determine the payload size of DCI format0_0 in the USS, based on the DL BWP that is activated on the current carrier Determine the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS. If the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is less than the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS, then 0 is filled in DCI format 0_0; if the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS is smaller than that of DCI format 0_0 in the USS For the payload size, 0 is filled in DCI format 1_0.
  • the DCI format with a small payload size in the USS is filled with 0 according to the DCI format with a large payload size in the USS.
  • the uplink enhanced carrier indicator field (UL/SUL indicator) in DCI format 0_0 is located after the zero-filled bits, only when the terminal device is configured with an uplink enhanced carrier, and the bits of DCI format 1_0 before the zero-filling operation is performed.
  • this field is 1 bit, otherwise it is 0 bits.
  • Step 3 If the payload size of DCI format 0_1 in the USS is the same as the payload size of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 in the USS, add one digit at the end of DCI format 0_1; if DCI format 1_1 is the payload size of USS If the size is the same as the payload size of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 in the USS, then DCI format 1_1 will be supplemented by one digit at the end.
  • Step 4 If the following conditions are met, complete the payload size alignment operation:
  • the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
  • CORESET 0 or included in the initial DL BWP Re-determine the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS;
  • the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is smaller than the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS, then 0 is filled in DCI format 0_0; if the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is greater than that of DCI format 1_0 in the USS The size of the payload, the bits of the frequency domain resource allocation field in the DCI format 0_0 are truncated.
  • the UE does not expect the following situations to occur:
  • the payload size of different DCI formats that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier exceeds 4;
  • the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is the same as the payload size of format 0_1 in the USS;
  • the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS is the same as the payload size of format 1_1 in the USS.
  • step 1 the number of RBs included in the initial DL/UL BWP or CORESET 0 is independently configured for each TRP. This will cause the DCI format 0_0 of each TRP to be inconsistent in the CSS, and the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS The payload size is inconsistent. After step one operation, there may be different TRPs corresponding to different DCI payload sizes.
  • TRP#1 and TRP#2 respectively send DCI format 0_0#1 and DCI format 0_0#2 in the CSS to the terminal device, and respectively in the CSS Send DCI format 1_0#1 and DCI format 1_0#2 to the terminal device.
  • the DCI format 0_0#1 payload size is equal to DCI format 1_0#1, DCI format 0_0#2
  • the payload size is equal to DCI format1_0#2, if it is DCI format 1_0#1 and DCI format 1_0#2 payload size is not equal, TRP#1 and TRP#2 send DCI with different payload size format 1_0#1(DCI format 0_0#1) And DCI format1_0#2 (DCI format 0_0#2), for the terminal device, there are still many types of DCI payload sizes for blind detection.
  • step three two DCI payload sizes may appear in single TRP transmission (1 DCI format 0_1 in the USS payload size, 1 DCI format 1_1 in the USS payload size), while in multiple TRP transmission There may be 4 DCI payload sizes. (The payload size of 2 DCI format 0_1 in USS, and the payload size of 2 DCI format 1_1 in USS)
  • step 5 the current protocol specifies the DCI format for aligning different payload sizes by aligning the DCI format 0_0 in the USS and the DCI format 0_0 in the CSS frequency domain resource indication field, as well as the DCI aligned in the USS.
  • the frequency domain resource indicator field of format 1_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the CSS makes the DCI format 0_0 in the USS the same as the DCI format 0_0 in the CSS.
  • the DCI format 1_0 in the USS and the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS are the same.
  • the number of bits is the same.
  • step 5 In multi-TRP transmission, it is agreed that the transmissions of two TRPs are on the same activated BWP, which means that the DCI format of the USS of the two TRPs has the same number of bits, and the DCI format of the USS of the two TRPs If the number of bits of 1_0 is the same, further execution of step 5 will not help reduce the number of payload sizes in the DCI format.
  • the current DCI format alignment operation is no longer applicable in the multi-TRP transmission scenario.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied in a CoMP scenario.
  • the complexity of the blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario can be reduced.
  • used to indicate can include both direct indication and indirect indication.
  • the indication information may directly indicate A or indirectly indicate A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
  • the information indicated by the instruction information is called the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated or the information to be indicated. Indicates the index of the information, etc.
  • the information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, and other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to realize the indication of specific information by means of the pre-arranged order (for example, stipulated in the agreement) of various information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the specific indication manner may also be various existing indication manners, such as, but not limited to, the foregoing indication manner and various combinations thereof.
  • the specific details of the various indication modes can be referred to the prior art, which will not be repeated here. It can be seen from the above that, for example, when multiple pieces of information of the same type need to be indicated, a situation where different information is indicated in different ways may occur.
  • the required instruction method can be selected according to specific needs.
  • the embodiment of the application does not limit the selected instruction method.
  • the instruction method involved in the embodiment of the application should be understood as covering the instructions to be Various methods for obtaining information to be indicated.
  • the information to be instructed can be sent together as a whole, or divided into multiple sub-information to be sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different.
  • the specific sending method is not limited in this application.
  • the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to a protocol, or configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device.
  • the configuration information may include, for example but not limited to, one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling, and physical layer signaling.
  • radio resource control signaling for example, RRC layer signaling
  • MAC layer signaling for example, includes MAC control element (CE); physical layer signaling, such as DCI.
  • CE MAC control element
  • the first, second, and various numerical numbers are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It should be understood that the data used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than those illustrated or described herein. It is not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different preset correspondences, etc.
  • preset may include a network device signaling instruction or pre-defined, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-defined can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). This application does not make any specific implementation methods. limited.
  • the "saving" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to storing in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • scheduling downlink transmission involved in the implementation of this application refers to a network device scheduling downlink data for a terminal device.
  • the network device sends downlink data according to the scheduling command, and the terminal device receives the scheduled downlink data.
  • Scheduling uplink transmission involved in the implementation of this application refers to a network device scheduling uplink data for a terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device sends uplink data according to the scheduling command, and the network device receives the scheduled uplink data.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a system that communicates through a multi-antenna technology, for example, the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device.
  • Multi-antenna technology can be used to communicate between network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the embodiments shown below do not particularly limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be run according to the present application.
  • the method provided in the application embodiment only needs to communicate.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • the interaction between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example to describe in detail the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject in this flowchart includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for transmitting DCI include the following steps.
  • S310 The terminal device receives first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format
  • S320 The terminal device receives second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format.
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET group or CORESET group number.
  • the sequence in which the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first configuration information and the second configuration information is not limited. It may be that the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first configuration information after receiving the above-mentioned first configuration information.
  • the second configuration information may also be that the terminal device has received the foregoing second configuration information before receiving the foregoing first configuration information, or it may be that the terminal device has received the foregoing first configuration information and second configuration information at the same time. Further, the first configuration information and the second configuration information may be carried in one message or in different messages, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device shown in Fig. 3 communicates with two network devices (the first network device and the second network device) through a wireless air interface.
  • the terminal device receives the aforementioned first configuration information from the first network device and the aforementioned second configuration information from the second network device.
  • both the first network device and the second network device in FIG. 3 can be represented as network devices.
  • different network devices correspond to different CORESET groups, and the first network device and the second network device respectively configure the first CORESET group and the second CORESET group for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device shown in Figure 3 communicates with two transmission points.
  • the terminal device receives the aforementioned first configuration information from the first transmission point, and receives the aforementioned second configuration information from the second transmission point.
  • the first transmission point and the second transmission point in FIG. 4 may belong to the same network device.
  • the terminal device may also receive the foregoing first configuration information and second configuration information from the same transmission point.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the configuration information of each field in the DCI sent by the first transmission point.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the configuration information of each field in the DCI sent by the second transmission point.
  • the DCI corresponding to two transmission points or two CORESET groups is taken as an example to illustrate how to make all or all of the payload sizes of the DCI format corresponding to the two transmission points or two CORESET groups in the embodiment of this application Some DCI formats have the same payload size.
  • the first CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the first TRP or the CORESET group associated with the first TRP;
  • the second CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the second TRP or the CORESET group associated with the second TRP.
  • the number of multiple configuration information corresponding to multiple CORESET groups received by the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
  • Two CORESET groups are taken as an example for illustration. The situation of the two CORESET groups is similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • the terminal device determines that the DCI detected on the first CORESET group is the first DCI, that is, it can learn the payload size of the first DCI format based on the first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information may be sent by the network device to the terminal side device through high-level signaling. Then, the terminal device can detect the DCI sent by the network device in one or more candidate PDCCHs corresponding to the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device uses the number of bits corresponding to the DCI format indicated by the first configuration information and the corresponding RNTI to perform DCI detection on the first CORESET group, and the detected DCI is further based on the first configuration
  • the DCI format indicated by the information parses out the information of each field in the DCI, and can also determine the payload size of the DCI.
  • the terminal device can parse out the information of each field in the second DCI based on the second configuration information, and can also determine the payload size of the second DCI.
  • S330 The terminal device aligns the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this embodiment can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario by aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points.
  • the “alignment” involved in the embodiments of the present application refers to zero-filling or truncation of the payload sizes of two DCI formats with different payload sizes, so that the two DCI formats with different payload sizes are The payload size is the same.
  • the payload size of the DCI format can also be understood as the bits of the DCI format.
  • the number of bits in the first DCI format is determined according to the first configuration information
  • the number of bits in the second DCI format is determined according to the second configuration information, when the payload size of the first DCI format is less than For the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the first DCI format until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format;
  • the number of bits in the second DCI format is determined, and truncated in the second DCI format Until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format;
  • the number of bits in the first DCI format is determined and truncated in the first DCI format Until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format.
  • the DCI formats with different payload sizes have the same payload size by filling in 0 or truncating different DCI formats.
  • the first DCI format and the second DCI format as the DCI used for scheduling downlink transmission or for scheduling uplink transmission in the specific search space USS or the common search space CSS as an example, how to achieve the alignment in S330 The payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format.
  • the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are enhanced DCI formats for scheduling downlink transmission
  • the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are enhanced DCI formats for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats are enhanced DCI formats, that is, the DCI format may include one or more of the following fields: a BWP indicator field with configurable bits to indicate the current carrier Internally activated BWP; time domain resource location indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by PDSCH; PRB bundling size indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate the same precoding in PDSCH The frequency domain resource granularity; the rate matching resource indicator field with configurable bits is used to indicate the rate matching resource corresponding to the PDSCH; the zero-power CSI-RS trigger field with configurable bits is used to trigger a zero-power CSI- RS resource set; TB2 modulation and coding scheme, new data indication, redundancy version indication field, used to indicate the transmission scheme of the second TB; PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate The time domain resource that carries PDSCH feedback information; the transmission configuration indication field with configurable bits is
  • the scrambling code of the DCI in the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format is configured by UE-specific RRC signaling.
  • the foregoing alignment of the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format includes:
  • aligning the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fifth DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the fifth DCI format until the fifth
  • the number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fifth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the third DCI format until the third The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the third DCI format.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format is 10 bits
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format is 11 bits
  • 1 bit 0 is filled in the third DCI format, so that the payload size of the third DCI format is 11 bits .
  • there is no restriction on how to fill 0 in the DCI format You can refer to the solution of filling 0 in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212.
  • filling 0 in the DCI format is just an example, and 1 may also be filled in the DCI format.
  • filling 0 in the DCI format may mean adding n bits to the end of the bits of the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information and setting all the added n bits to 0.
  • filling 0 in the DCI format can also mean adding n bits to the end of a certain field in the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information and setting all the added n bits to 0.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format is 11 bits
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format is 10 bits
  • 1 bit 0 is filled in the fifth DCI format, so that the payload size of the fifth DCI format is 11 Bits.
  • the aforementioned alignment of the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format is the alignment of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the user-specific search spaces corresponding to two different CORESET groups.
  • aligning the payload size of the fourth DCI format with the payload size of the sixth DCI format includes: when the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is larger than the payload size determined according to the second configuration information The payload size of the sixth DCI format is filled with zeros in the sixth DCI format until the number of bits in the sixth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourth DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is regarded as the sixth The number of bits in the DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the fourth DCI format until the first
  • the number of bits in the four DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fourth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 10 bits
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format is 11 bits
  • 1 bit 0 is filled in the fourth DCI format, so that the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits .
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format is 10 bits
  • 1 bit 0 is filled in the sixth DCI format, so that the payload size of the sixth DCI format is 11 Bits.
  • the aforementioned alignment of the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the alignment of the DCI formats used for scheduling uplink transmission in the user-specific search spaces corresponding to different CORESET groups.
  • the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the USS corresponding to the two transmission points (TRP#1 and TRP#2) or the two CORESET groups can be aligned, and/or, Two transmission points or two CORESET groups respectively correspond to the enhanced DCI format alignment in the USS for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • performing S330 does not necessarily include step 1.
  • the protocol specifies that the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, there is no need to perform the two transmission points or Alignment of the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the USS corresponding to the two CORESET groups; or,
  • the protocol stipulates that the payload size of the fourth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, there is no need to perform the two transmission points or two CORESET groups corresponding to the USS for scheduling uplink The transmitted, enhanced DCI format alignment.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are the enhanced DCI format used to schedule uplink transmission in the USS corresponding to different transmission points in a specific search space or two CORESET groups respectively. , And/or, before the enhanced DCI format used to schedule downlink transmission. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before performing the above step one also need to perform the following step two.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are used to align different transmission points in a specific search space with an enhanced DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission, and/or for scheduling downlink transmission After the enhanced DCI format. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application after performing the above step 1 also need to perform the following step 2.
  • the configuration information determines the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format configured in the USS. It can be understood that the ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format belong to the second DCI format.
  • the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format are basic DCI formats for scheduling downlink transmission, and the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format are basic DCI formats for scheduling uplink transmission.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format is equal to the payload size of the ninth DCI format
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the ninth DCI format are as shown in Table 1 above.
  • the payload size of the DCI format is only related to the FDRA field and the SUL indicator field;
  • the eighth DCI The payload size of the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are as shown in Table 3 above.
  • the payload size of the DCI format is only related to the FDRA domain.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the above-mentioned third, fourth, fifth, and fifth DCI formats may not be included in the DCI format.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats
  • the field has a frequency domain position indication field of the PDSCH, and the number of bits in this field is determined according to the number of RBs included in the BWP in the current carrier.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats
  • the field also has an uplink frequency band indication field, which is used to indicate whether to enable multiple uplink frequency bands.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the seventh DCI format before zero-filling
  • the number of bits in the uplink band indication field in the seventh DCI format is 1.
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format before zero is greater than the payload size of the ninth DCI format before zero filling, and the number of bits in the uplink frequency band indication field in the ninth DCI format is 1.
  • the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats can be used in the RRC reconfiguration phase.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application align the payload size of the DCI format so that the payload size of the seventh, ninth, eighth, and tenth DCI formats are the same, Including the following possibilities:
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the tenth DCI format, that is, the payload size of the seventh DCI format is aligned with the eighth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the DCI format, and/or the alignment of the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format can be understood as such that the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format and the first The payload size of the DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
  • the foregoing first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • Align the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format include:
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size. As the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, after zero filling As the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size. As the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
  • the number of bits is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
  • the foregoing first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • Align the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format include:
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are equal to the first payload.
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the first payload size:
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the seventh DCI format
  • the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the seventh DCI
  • the number of bits in the format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the ninth DCI format
  • the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is the number of bits after truncation
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the ninth DCI
  • the number of bits in the format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is the same as the first payload size, the terminal device uses at least one of the following methods to make the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format
  • the payload size of the format is equal to the first payload size:
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
  • the terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where:
  • the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format:
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the ninth DCI format.
  • the terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where:
  • the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format:
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
  • the terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where:
  • the first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format:
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the ninth DCI format.
  • the terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where:
  • the first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format:
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
  • execution of S330 does not necessarily include step 2.
  • the operation of step 2 is moved to step 5 for execution, or for example, when the protocol specifies the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format.
  • the payload size of is the same; and/or,
  • the protocol stipulates that the payload size of the ninth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the tenth DCI format, there is no need to perform some or all of the alignment actions in step 2.
  • the payload size of the enhanced DCI format in the USS may be made different from the payload size of the basic DCI format.
  • the payload sizes of the basic DCI formats are equal, and are recorded as the first payload size.
  • the DCI formats used for uplink scheduling in the enhanced DCI format (the fourth and sixth DCI formats) have the same payload size, and the DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the enhanced DCI format (the first The payload size of the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format) are equal.
  • So that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the sixth DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the bit of the fourth DCI format number;
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the third DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the bit of the fourth DCI format number;
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the bit of the fourth DCI format number.
  • the first payload size is 11 bits
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits
  • the payload sizes of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are equal
  • the payload of the sixth DCI format can be obtained
  • the size is 11 bits.
  • a zero is filled at the end of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, so that the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are both 12 bits.
  • step 1 does not limit the execution of the above step 1 and/or step 2, so that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format also includes:
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the third DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, fill one bit with zero in the third DCI format;
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format.
  • step one above and/or the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before step two also need to perform the following step three.
  • step one above the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform the following step three.
  • step three and step one and step two is not limited.
  • step three, step two and step one can be performed in sequence.
  • the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • Step 3 aligning the payload sizes of the 11th DCI format, the 12th DCI format, the 13th DCI format, and the 14th DCI format includes the following possibilities:
  • the second payload size is valid in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format.
  • aligning the payload size of the twelfth DCI format and the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill in the fourteenth DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill in the twelfth DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is 10 bits
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is 11 bits.
  • Fill 1 bit 0 in the twelfth DCI format to make the twelfth DCI format payload size The size is 11 bits.
  • a possible implementation is that after aligning the payload size of the twelfth DCI format with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the payload size of the twelfth DCI format can be adjusted. The size is aligned, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is aligned with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the DCI format included in the first DCI format and the DCI format included in the second DCI format are respectively aligned, that is, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of this application also include alignment
  • the DCI format included in the first DCI format is aligned with the DCI format included in the second DCI format.
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format can be aligned with the payload size of the twelfth DCI format
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format can be aligned with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format. In this implementation, it can be understood as aligning the first DCI format and the second DCI format.
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, which is recorded as the second payload size.
  • Aligning the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the payload size of the twelfth DCI format or the fourteenth DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format. 2.
  • the size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to The size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format.
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is 11 bits
  • the second payload size is 10 bits, which is truncated in the eleventh DCI format, so that the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is 10 bits.
  • there is no limitation on how to perform truncation in the DCI format and the solution for performing truncation in the DCI format specified in the current protocol can be referred to.
  • truncation is performed in the DCI format, and the position of the truncation may be n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field, and may also be the first n bits or the last n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field.
  • the position at which truncation is performed in the DCI format may be the least important n bits in the DCI format, where the important bits include systematic bits and bits indicating the DCI type, for example, the least important n bits.
  • the bit can be the last n bits in the DCI format.
  • performing truncation in the DCI format in the embodiment of the present application refers to discarding some bits to form a shorter bit number based on the bits of the DCI format determined according to the configuration information. There is no restriction on how to perform truncation in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution for performing truncation in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212.
  • Aligning the payload size of the 13th DCI format and the 12th DCI format or the 14th DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the first 2.
  • the size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to The second payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is 11 bits
  • the second payload size is 10 bits, which is truncated in the thirteenth DCI format so that the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is 10 bits.
  • the payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format,
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, and truncate the eleventh DCI format to the eleventh
  • the number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncate in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format.
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2.
  • the payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the DCI format with the largest payload size in the thirteenth DCI format,
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the eleventh DCI format and the 13th DCI format,
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and truncate the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth
  • the number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2.
  • the payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the largest payload size among the fourteenth DCI formats,
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the tenth
  • the number of bits in the third DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2.
  • the payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the smallest payload size among the fourteenth DCI formats,
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and truncate the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth
  • the number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
  • performing S330 does not necessarily include step 1.
  • the protocol specifies the above-mentioned eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the payload size is the same, no need to perform step one.
  • step 1 determines whether to complete the aligning process
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes the terminal device determining the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes Whether the preset conditions are met.
  • the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
  • the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, for example, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier More than 4, and/or, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in 1 time slot in 1 cell or 1 carrier exceeds 3, and the terminal equipment also needs Further align the payload size of the DCI format.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform step four.
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format (sixth DCI format) described after step 1 and step 2 is equal to the first payload size, and a zero is filled at the end of the fourth DCI format (sixth DCI format) ,
  • step 4 first remove the bit zero at the end of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is the payload size after the zero-filling or truncation operation, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
  • the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is made equal to the foregoing second payload size, that is, the size of the DCI format in the CSS
  • the payload size is the same as that of the basic DCI format in the USS, which can reduce the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes.
  • the following three methods may be used to achieve the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the foregoing second payload size.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the twelfth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the eleventh DCI format.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format is determined based on the initial uplink BWP indicated by the CORESET group associated with the first configuration information.
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format is determined based on the initial uplink BWP indicated by the CORESET group associated with the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device aligns the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the tenth DCI format, and the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined in step 4 to the second payload size, including the following may:
  • the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the eighth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the second payload size, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the tenth DCI format until the tenth
  • the number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zero is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
  • the terminal device respectively aligns the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format, as well as the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format.
  • aligning the payload size of the seventh DCI format with the payload size of the eighth DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the eighth DCI format, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first 2.
  • the size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the eighth DCI format, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to The size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format.
  • Aligning the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format includes:
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the payload size of the tenth DCI format, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first 2.
  • the size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the tenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to The size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format.
  • the following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the eighth DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the tenth DCI format,
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the seventh DCI format, and fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the seventh DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate the seventh DCI format until the bits in the seventh DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the ninth DCI format.
  • the following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the ninth DCI format,
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, it is true that zeros are filled in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size , The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the ninth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the value of the tenth DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zero is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
  • the following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the ninth DCI format,
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate the bits in the seventh DCI format until the eighth DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The last bit number is used as the bit number of the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
  • the following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI Format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the tenth DCI format,
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the seventh DCI format, and fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the eighth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
  • the following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate the bits in the seventh DCI format until the eighth DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The last bit number is used as the bit number of the ninth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the effective payload size of the twelfth DCI format Load size; similarly, since the method of determining the payload size of the tenth DCI format is the same as the method of determining the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format described above, the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the fourteenth DCI format The payload size.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format can be equal to the second payload size, so that the CSS
  • the payload size of the DCI format in the USS is the same as the payload size of the basic DCI format in the USS.
  • the following manners are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size:
  • the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are truncated or filled with zeros, respectively.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are aligned to the second payload size, then the DCI in the CSS
  • the payload size of the format is the same as that of the basic DCI format in USS.
  • At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size:
  • the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the same manner for determining the payload size of the DCI format, so that the first The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format have the same payload size.
  • the second payload size is equal to the payload size determined based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information.
  • the seventh DCI format can be The payload size of the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, so that the payload size of the DCI format in the CSS is the same as that of the basic DCI format in the USS The payload size is the same.
  • the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format in step 4 are the implementations of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
  • the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payload sizes after the zero-filling or truncation operations described above, and the operations after determining the threshold are based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
  • the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
  • step 4 After performing step 4, judge again whether the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes meets the preset condition. It should be understood that after performing step 4, the terminal device does not expect the following situations to occur:
  • the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for uplink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling;
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling.
  • the network equipment should ensure that the following conditions do not occur:
  • the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for uplink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling;
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling.
  • the network device also needs to perform alignment before sending DCI.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 also includes S311.
  • the network device aligns the payload size of the first DCI format with the validity of the second DCI format.
  • the payload size and the specific alignment method are similar to those on the terminal device side, so I will not repeat them here.
  • the third DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information
  • the twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
  • the thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
  • the fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device may determine the payload size of the DCI format 0_0 in the CSS of CORESET#1 according to the number of RBs included in the initial UL BWP of the CORESET#1 group associated with the first configuration information;
  • the terminal device may determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the CSS of CORESET#2 according to the number of RBs included in the initial UL BWP of the CORESET#2 group associated with the second configuration information;
  • the terminal device can determine the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS of CORESET#1 according to the CORESET with the smallest index in the CORESET#1 group associated with the first configuration information or the number of RBs included in the initial DL BWP of CORESET#1;
  • the terminal device may determine the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS of CORESET#2 according to the number of RBs included in the CORESET with the smallest index or the initial DL BWP of CORESET#2 in the CORESET#2 group associated with the second configuration information;
  • the terminal device can determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS of CORESET#1 group and the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS of CORESET#2 group according to the number of RBs included in the activated UL BWP;
  • the terminal device can determine the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the USS of the CORESET#1 group and the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the USS of the CORESET#2 group according to the number of RBs included in the activated DL BWP.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject in this flowchart includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for transmitting DCI include the following steps.
  • S410 The terminal device receives first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format
  • S420 The terminal device receives second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format.
  • S410 and S420 in FIG. 4 are similar to S310 and S320 in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • S430 The terminal device aligns the payload sizes of the multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format and the payload sizes of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this embodiment can reduce the complexity of blind detection of DCI by terminal devices in the CoMP scenario by aligning the payload sizes of different DCI formats in the DCI formats respectively issued by different transmission points. degree.
  • a possible implementation manner when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the number of bits of the first DCI format, and fill in the first DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format;
  • the number of bits in the second DCI format is determined, and truncated in the second DCI format Until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format;
  • the number of bits in the first DCI format is determined and truncated in the first DCI format Until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format.
  • the DCI formats with different payload sizes have the same payload size by filling in 0 or truncating different DCI formats.
  • the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling enhanced DCI formats for downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling enhanced DCI formats for uplink transmission;
  • At least one of the following ways is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format
  • the payload size is the same:
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information, fill zeros in the fourth DCI format until the fourth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fourth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information, fill zeros in the third DCI format until the fourth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the third DCI format;
  • the payload size of the third DCI format is 10 bits
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits
  • 1 bit 0 is filled in the third DCI format, so that the payload size of the third DCI format is 11 bits .
  • there is no restriction on how to fill 0 in the DCI format You can refer to the solution for filling 0 in the DCI format specified in the current protocol.
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the sixth DCI format until the sixth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the sixth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the fifth DCI format until the fifth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fifth DCI format.
  • DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the user-specific search space corresponding to the same transmission point or CORESET group are aligned.
  • performing S430 does not necessarily include step 1.
  • the protocol specifies that the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, there is no need to perform alignment of the third DCI format.
  • the payload size and the payload size of the fourth DCI format are the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission and the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission of different transmission points in a specific search space. Before the format. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before performing the above step one also need to perform step two.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission and the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission of different transmission points in a specific search space. After the format. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application after performing the above step 1 also need to perform step 2.
  • Step two is similar to step two shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here. It should be understood that performing S430 does not necessarily include step two.
  • the payload size of the enhanced DCI format in the USS may be made different from the payload size of the basic DCI format.
  • the payload sizes of the basic DCI formats are equal, and are recorded as the first payload size.
  • the payload sizes of the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format are the same, and the payload sizes of the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are the same.
  • So that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format includes:
  • the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format Fill in one zero at the end of the payload size of the format; for the same reason,
  • the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is equal to the first payload size
  • the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format The end of the payload size of the format is filled with a zero.
  • step 1 does not limit the execution of the above step 1 and/or step 2, so that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format also includes:
  • the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the third DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, fill one bit with zero in the third DCI format;
  • the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format.
  • step one above and/or the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before step two also need to perform the following step three.
  • step one above the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform the following step three.
  • step three and step one and step two is not limited.
  • step three, step two and step one can be performed in sequence.
  • the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission;
  • At least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the twelfth DCI format equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format equal to the tenth 4.
  • the payload size of the DCI format :
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncate the bits in the eleventh DCI format until the eleventh DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the eleventh DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncating the bits in the thirteenth DCI format until the thirteenth DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
  • the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the size of the thirteenth DCI format
  • the number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format.
  • performing S330 does not necessarily include step 1.
  • the protocol specifies that the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is the same as the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, and the thirteenth DCI format The format is the same as the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, and step one is not required.
  • step 1 the terminal device determines whether the aligning process is completed, and the method flow shown in FIG. 4 also includes the terminal device determining the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes Whether the preset conditions are met.
  • the preset conditions involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 are similar to the preset conditions shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, for example, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier More than 4, and/or, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in 1 time slot in 1 cell or 1 carrier exceeds 3, and the terminal equipment also needs Further align the payload size of the DCI format.
  • the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform step four.
  • step four involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 is similar to the method one in step four shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • step 4 After performing step 4, judge again whether the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes meets the preset condition. It should be understood that after performing step 4, the terminal device does not expect the following situations to occur:
  • the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for uplink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling;
  • the payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling.
  • the network device also needs to perform alignment before sending DCI.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 5 also includes S411.
  • the network device aligns the payload size and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format.
  • the specific alignment of the payload sizes of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format is similar to that on the terminal device side, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a device 50 for receiving DCI proposed in the present application.
  • the device 50 includes a receiving unit 510 and a processing unit 520.
  • the receiving unit 510 is configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
  • the receiving unit 510 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups
  • the processing unit 520 is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
  • the apparatus 50 completely corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 50 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 50 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • the receiving unit 510 in the apparatus 50 executes the steps of the terminal device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S310 in FIG. 3, receive the first configuration information, perform step S320 in FIG. 3, receive the second configuration information, and perform step S410 in FIG. 4, receive the first configuration information, and perform FIG. Step S420 in, receiving second configuration information;
  • the processing unit 620 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step S330 in FIG. 3 is executed to align the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format, and step S430 in FIG. 4 is also executed to align multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format. The payload size and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
  • the apparatus 50 may further include a sending unit, which is used to perform the steps of sending by the terminal device, for example, sending information to other devices.
  • the receiving unit 510 and the sending unit may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 520 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit may be a transmitter, and the receiving unit 510 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 60 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 60 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 6 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 60 includes a processor (corresponding to the processing unit 520 shown in FIG. 5), a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device (corresponding to the receiving unit 510 shown in FIG. 5).
  • the processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output device to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 6 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a device 70 for sending DCI proposed in this application.
  • the device 70 includes a sending unit 710 and a processing unit 720.
  • the sending unit 710 is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
  • the sending unit 710 is further configured to send second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
  • the device 70 completely corresponds to the network device in the method embodiment, and the device 70 may be the network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the device 70 is used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1.
  • the sending unit 710 in the apparatus 70 executes the steps of the network device sending in the method embodiment. For example, execute step S310 in FIG. 3, send the first configuration information, execute step S320 in FIG. 3, send the second configuration information, and execute step S410 in FIG. 4, send the first configuration information, and execute FIG. In step S420, the second configuration information is sent;
  • the processing unit 720 in the device 70 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S311 in FIG. 3 to align the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format, and perform step S411 in FIG. 4 to align multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format. The payload size and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
  • the apparatus 70 may further include a receiving unit, configured to perform the steps of receiving by the network device, for example, receiving information sent by other devices.
  • the sending unit 710 and the receiving unit may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 720 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit may be a receiver.
  • the sending unit 710 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 80 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above-mentioned method for receiving and sending DCI. It can be a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device.
  • the network equipment 80 may include CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the network equipment consists of one or more radio frequency units, such as remote radio units (RRU) and one or more radio frequency units.
  • RRU remote radio units
  • BBU baseband unit
  • the non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services.
  • Part of the physical layer processing functions of the BBU are merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU.
  • CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
  • FIG. 8 is only an example, and does not limit the scope of protection of the present application.
  • the deployment form may also be DU deployment in a 7G BBU computer room, CU centralized deployment or DU centralized deployment, and higher-level centralized CU.
  • the AAU 801 that can implement the transceiver function is called the transceiver unit 8011, which corresponds to the sending unit 810 in FIG. 7.
  • the transceiver unit 8011 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 8011 and a radio frequency unit 8012.
  • the transceiving unit 8011 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit).
  • the CU and DU that can implement internal processing functions are called a processing unit 802, which corresponds to the processing unit 720 in FIG. 7.
  • the processing unit 802 may control network devices, etc., and may be referred to as a controller.
  • the AAU, CU and DU may be physically set together, or physically separated.
  • the network equipment is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 8, and may also be in other forms: for example, including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or including BBU and active antenna unit (AAU). ); It can also be customer premises equipment (CPE), or other forms, which are not limited in this application.
  • BBU and adaptive radio unit ARU
  • BBU and active antenna unit AAU
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • the network device 80 shown in FIG. 8 can implement the network device functions involved in the method embodiments of FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 80 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the network device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 8 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other network device structures that may appear in the future.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the above-mentioned method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. The various steps performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the network device in the method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. The various steps performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer can execute each step performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the network device in the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
  • the term "and/or” in this application is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this text generally means that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more", for example, A At least one of, B and C can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist alone, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously, this Seven situations.

Abstract

The present application provides a method and apparatus for receiving downlink control information (DCI) and sending DCI, which can be applied to a coordinated multi-point transmission and reception (CoMP) scenario and which can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by a terminal device. The method comprises: receiving first configuration information and second configuration information, said first configuration information and second configuration information being used for determining the payload size of a first DCI format and the payload size of a second DCI format, respectively, the first configuration information and the second configuration information being sent by different transmission points; by means of filling in zeros or truncating in the first DCI format and/or filling in zeros or truncating in the second DCI format, the payload size of the first DCI format is caused to be the same as the payload size of the second DCI format, reducing the number of DCI formats having different payload sizes and thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection of DCI by a terminal device.

Description

接收、发送下行控制信息的方法和装置Method and device for receiving and sending downlink control information
本申请要求于2019年08月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910755802.6、申请名称为“接收、发送下行控制信息的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910755802.6, and the application name is "Method and Apparatus for Receiving and Sending Downlink Control Information" on August 15, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种接收下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)的方法、发送DCI的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and more specifically, to a method for receiving downlink control information (DCI), a method and a device for sending DCI.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信的快速发展,在未来的第五代(5th-generation,5G)移动通信技术中,在系统容量、瞬时峰值速率、频谱效率、小区边缘用户吞吐量以及时延等诸多方面有了更高的要求。因此多点协作传输(coordinated multiple points transmission/reception,CoMP)技术被提出。With the rapid development of mobile communication, in the future 5th-generation (5G) mobile communication technology, there are many aspects such as system capacity, instantaneous peak rate, spectrum efficiency, cell edge user throughput, and delay. higher requirement. Therefore, coordinated multiple points transmission/reception (CoMP) technology is proposed.
CoMP技术旨在实现不同地理位置的各传输点之间的协同传输。目前CoMP技术无论是在上行还是下行,都可以提高系统性能,尤其是改善小区边缘的频谱效率。目前主流的CoMP技术实现方式可以分为协同处理(joint processing,JP)技术和协同调度/协同波束(coordinated scheduling/beamforming,CS/CB)技术。CoMP technology aims to achieve coordinated transmission between transmission points in different geographical locations. At present, the CoMP technology can improve system performance, especially the spectrum efficiency at the edge of the cell, whether in uplink or downlink. The current mainstream CoMP technology implementation methods can be divided into joint processing (JP) technology and coordinated scheduling/beamforming (CS/CB) technology.
在多点传输的场景下,各个传输点可以分别向终端设备发送DCI,则终端设备可能需要同时盲检测多个传输点分别发送的DCI,且不同的DCI的有效载荷大小是不同传输点独立配置的。目前协议中规定有一种DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐的方式,确保在一个载波内终端设备需要检测的不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式的个数不超过门限值,从而降低终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度,但是由于多点协作传输机制下即使同一个DCI格式也会出现多个有效载荷大小,使得现有DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐的方式并不能保证将DCI格式的个数控制在门限值范围内。In the scenario of multipoint transmission, each transmission point can send DCI to the terminal device separately, the terminal device may need to blindly detect the DCI sent by multiple transmission points at the same time, and the payload size of different DCIs is configured independently by different transmission points. of. The current agreement stipulates a way to align the payload size of the DCI format to ensure that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes that the terminal device needs to detect in a carrier does not exceed the threshold, thereby reducing the blind detection of DCI by the terminal device Complexity, but due to the multi-point coordinated transmission mechanism, even the same DCI format will have multiple payload sizes, so that the existing DCI format payload size alignment method does not guarantee that the number of DCI formats is controlled within the threshold Value range.
因此,如何降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度,成为亟待解决的问题。Therefore, how to reduce the complexity of blind detection of DCI by terminal devices in the CoMP scenario has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种接收下行控制信息DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法和装置,通过对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。This application provides a method for receiving downlink control information DCI and a method and device for sending DCI. By aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points, the complexity of blind DCI detection by terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario can be reduced.
第一方面,提供了一种接收下行控制信息DCI的方法,该接收下行控制信息DCI的方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the first aspect, a method for receiving downlink control information DCI is provided. The method for receiving downlink control information DCI may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device. Not limited.
接收下行控制信息DCI的方法包括:The method for receiving downlink control information DCI includes:
接收第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;其中,该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合(control resource set,CORESET)组;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第一DCI格式中填零直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数;当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第二DCI格式中填零直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第二DCI格式中截断直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第一DCI格式中截断直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数。Receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format; receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format; The first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource set (CORESET) groups; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the first DCI format and the second The payload size of the DCI format is the same: when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the second The number of bits in the DCI format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the second DCI format until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the first DCI The number of bits in the format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncated in the second DCI format until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to that of the first DCI format Number of bits; when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncated in the first DCI format until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format number.
本申请实施例提供的接收下行控制信息DCI的方法,终端设备接收到不同的CORESET组分别对应的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,具体地,终端设备确定第一CORESET组上检测的DCI为第一DCI,并且第二CORESET组上检测的DCI为第二DCI,进一步,终端设备确定第一CORESET组与第一配置信息存在关联关系,第二CORESET组与第二配置信息存在关系,则基于第一配置信息和第二配置信息分别确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,并通过填零或截断的方式,使得第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,从而对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。In the method for receiving DCI of downlink control information provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device receives the first configuration information and the second configuration information corresponding to different CORESET groups. Specifically, the terminal device determines that the DCI detected on the first CORESET group is The first DCI and the DCI detected on the second CORESET group is the second DCI. Further, the terminal device determines that the first CORESET group has an association relationship with the first configuration information, and the second CORESET group has a relationship with the second configuration information, based on The first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively determine the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format, and make the payload size of the first DCI format and the second DCI format zero-filled or truncated. The payload size of the DCI format is the same, thereby aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
本申请实施例中涉及的第一配置信息和该第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的CORESET组包括以下几种可能的情况:The first configuration information and the second configuration information involved in the embodiments of the present application respectively correspond to two different CORESET groups, including the following possible situations:
情况一:第一CORESET组与第一配置信息相对应指的是:该第一CORESET组上检测的DCI的有效载荷大小(payload size)和解析该DCI的字段是根据第一配置信息确定的;同理,第二CORESET组与第二配置信息相对应指的是:该第二CORESET组上检测的DCI的有效载荷大小和解析该DCI的字段是根据第二配置信息确定的。Case 1: The first CORESET group corresponding to the first configuration information means that the payload size of the DCI detected on the first CORESET group and the field for parsing the DCI are determined according to the first configuration information; In the same way, the second CORESET group corresponding to the second configuration information means that the payload size of the DCI detected on the second CORESET group and the field for analyzing the DCI are determined according to the second configuration information.
情况二:第一CORESET组与第一配置信息相对应指的是:第一配置信息承载于第一CORESET组;同理,第二CORESET组与第二配置信息相对应指的是:第二配置信息承载于第二CORESET组。Case 2: The first CORESET group corresponding to the first configuration information refers to: the first configuration information is carried in the first CORESET group; similarly, the second CORESET group corresponding to the second configuration information refers to: the second configuration The information is carried in the second CORESET group.
情况三:第一CORESET组与第一配置信息相对应指的是:第一配置信息为第一TRP发送的配置信息,该第一CORESET组为第一TRP配置的CORESET组或与第一TRP关联的CORESET组;同理,第二CORESET组与第二配置信息相对应指的是:第二配置信息为第二TRP发送的配置信息,该第二CORESET组为第二TRP配置的CORESET组或与第二TRP关联的CORESET组。Case 3: The first CORESET group corresponding to the first configuration information means that the first configuration information is the configuration information sent by the first TRP, and the first CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the first TRP or is associated with the first TRP Similarly, the second CORESET group corresponding to the second configuration information refers to: the second configuration information is the configuration information sent by the second TRP, and the second CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the second TRP or with CORESET group associated with the second TRP.
可选的,第一DCI和第二DCI的区分方式还可能是DCI中携带信令指示该DCI为第一DCI或者为第二DCI。比如,DCI中包括1比特信令,该信令指示为0的DCI作为第一DCI,该信令指示为1的DCI作为第二DCI。再比如,将物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源分成两组,指示PUCCH组1对应的DCI作为第一DCI,指示PUCCH组2对应的DCI作为第二DCI。再比如,将混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic  repeat request,HARQ)处理进程号分成两组,指示HARQ处理进程号组1对应的DCI作为第一DCI,指示HARQ处理进程号组2对应的DCI作为第二DCI。Optionally, the method for distinguishing the first DCI from the second DCI may also be that the DCI carries signaling to indicate that the DCI is the first DCI or the second DCI. For example, the DCI includes 1-bit signaling, the DCI indicated by the signaling as 0 serves as the first DCI, and the DCI indicated by the signaling as 1 serves as the second DCI. For another example, physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources are divided into two groups, and the DCI corresponding to PUCCH group 1 is indicated as the first DCI, and the DCI corresponding to PUCCH group 2 is indicated as the second DCI. For another example, the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processing process number is divided into two groups, and the DCI corresponding to HARQ processing process number group 1 is indicated as the first DCI, and the DCI corresponding to HARQ processing process number group 2 is indicated as The second DCI.
应理解,本申请实施例中并不限定终端设备只能接收到上述的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,还可以接收到其他的配置信息,例如,还可能接收到第三配置信息、第四配置信息,其中,第三CORESET组与第三配置信息相对应、第四CORESET组与第四配置信息相对应。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the terminal device to only receive the above-mentioned first configuration information and second configuration information, and may also receive other configuration information. For example, it may also receive third configuration information and first configuration information. Four configuration information, where the third CORESET group corresponds to the third configuration information, and the fourth CORESET group corresponds to the fourth configuration information.
还应理解,本申请实施例中在DCI格式中填(padding)0是指,在根据配置信息确定的DCI格式的比特位的基础上,增加n位比特且增加的n位比特全部置0。本申请实施例中对于如何在DCI格式中填(padding)0的其他形式并不限制,可以参考目前协议TS 38.212中规定的在DCI格式中填0的方案。还可以替换为在DCI格式中填1。It should also be understood that padding 0 in the DCI format in the embodiment of the present application refers to adding n bits and setting all the added n bits to 0 based on the bits of the DCI format determined according to the configuration information. In the embodiment of this application, there is no limitation on other forms of padding 0 in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution of padding 0 in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212. It can also be replaced with 1 in the DCI format.
可选地,在DCI格式中填0可以是在根据相应配置信息确定的DCI格式的比特位的末尾添加n位比特且添加的n位比特全部置0。Optionally, filling 0 in the DCI format may mean adding n bits to the end of the bits of the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information and setting all the added n bits to 0.
可选地,在DCI格式中填0可以是在根据相应配置信息确定的DCI格式的比特位中某一个特定字段对应的比特位的末尾添加n位比特且添加的n位比特全部置0。Optionally, filling 0 in the DCI format may mean adding n bits to the end of the bit corresponding to a certain field in the bits of the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and all the added n bits are set to 0.
还应理解,本申请实施例中在DCI格式中执行截断是指,在根据配置信息确定的DCI格式的比特位的基础上,丢弃某些比特位形成较短的比特位数。对于如何在DCI格式中执行截断并不限制,可以参考目前协议TS 38.212中规定的在DCI格式中执行截断的方案。It should also be understood that performing truncation in the DCI format in the embodiment of the present application refers to discarding certain bits to form a shorter bit number based on the bits of the DCI format determined according to the configuration information. There is no restriction on how to perform truncation in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution for performing truncation in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212.
可选地,在DCI格式中执行截断,截断的位置可以是频域资源分配字段中的n位比特,还可以是频域资源分配字段中的前n位比特或者后n位比特。Optionally, truncation is performed in the DCI format, and the position of the truncation may be n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field, and may also be the first n bits or the last n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field.
可选地,在DCI格式中执行截断的位置可以是DCI格式中最不重要的n位比特,其中,重要的比特包括系统比特位,以及指示DCI类型的比特位,比如,最不重要的n位比特可以是DCI格式中最后的n位比特。Optionally, the position at which truncation is performed in the DCI format may be the least important n bits in the DCI format, where the important bits include systematic bits and bits indicating the DCI type, for example, the least important n bits. The bit can be the last n bits in the DCI format.
为了便于描述,下文中以第一配置信息为第一传输点(TRP#1)发送给终端设备,用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小、第二配置信息为第二传输点(TRP#2)发送给终端设备,用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小为例进行说明。For ease of description, the first configuration information is sent to the terminal device as the first transmission point (TRP#1) in the following to determine the payload size of the first DCI format, and the second configuration information is the second transmission point (TRP# 2) It is sent to the terminal device to determine the payload size of the second DCI format as an example for description.
可选的,第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:第一配置信息配置第一DCI格式中某些字段是否存在,或者,第一配置信息配置第一DCI格式中某些字段的比特位数。第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:第二配置信息配置第二DCI格式中某些字段是否存在,或者,第二配置信息配置第二DCI格式中某些字段的比特位数。Optionally, the first configuration information used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format includes: the first configuration information configures whether certain fields in the first DCI format exist, or the first configuration information configures certain fields in the first DCI format. The number of bits in these fields. The second configuration information used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format includes: the second configuration information configures whether certain fields in the second DCI format exist, or the second configuration information configures bits of certain fields in the second DCI format Digits.
应理解,本申请对于终端设备具体与多个传输点进行通信并不限定,上述的TRP#1和TRP#2只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定。It should be understood that this application does not limit the specific communication between a terminal device and multiple transmission points, and the above TRP#1 and TRP#2 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,其中,该第三DCI格式和该第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,该第四DCI格式和该第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes configuration The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission.
可选地,第三、四、五、六DCI格式是增强的DCI格式,即DCI格式中可以包括下列字段中的一个或多个:可配置比特位数的BWP指示字段,用于指示当前载波内激活的BWP;可配置比特位数的时域资源位置指示字段,用于指示PDSCH占用的时域资源位置; 可配置比特位数的预编码资源块(precoding resource block,PRB)捆绑大小指示字段,用于指示物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)中采用相同预编码的频域资源粒度;可配置比特位数的速率匹配资源指示字段,用于指示PDSCH对应的速率匹配资源;可配置比特位数的零功率信道估计参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)触发字段,用于触发一个零功率CSI-RS资源集合;传输块(transmission block,TB)2的调制编码方案、新数据指示、冗余版本指示字段,用于指示第二个TB的传输方案;可配置比特位数的PDSCH到混合自动重传请求应答(hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledge,HARQ-ACK)反馈时序指示字段,用于指示承载PDSCH反馈信息的时域资源;可配置比特位数的传输配置指示字段,用于指示接收PDSCH和相应DMRS的QCL假设;可配置比特位数的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)触发字段,用于触发SRS资源集合;可配置比特位数的预编码信息和层数指示字段,用于指示数据传输占用的端口数和预编码信息;可配置比特位数的CSI请求触发指示字段,用于触发CSI上报;可配置比特位数的DMRS序列初始化指示字段,用于指示DMRS序列的初始化值。Optionally, the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats are enhanced DCI formats, that is, the DCI format may include one or more of the following fields: a BWP indicator field with configurable bits to indicate the current carrier Internally activated BWP; time domain resource location indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by the PDSCH; precoding resource block (PRB) bundling size indication field with configurable bits , Used to indicate the same precoding frequency domain resource granularity in the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH); the rate matching resource indication field with configurable bits is used to indicate the rate matching resource corresponding to the PDSCH; Zero-power channel estimation reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS) trigger field configured with the number of bits, used to trigger a zero-power CSI-RS resource set; transmission block (transmission block, TB) 2 modulation and coding scheme , New data indication, redundancy version indication fields, used to indicate the transmission scheme of the second TB; configurable bit number of PDSCH to hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledge (HARQ-ACK) feedback timing The indication field is used to indicate the time domain resources that carry PDSCH feedback information; the transmission configuration indication field with configurable bits is used to indicate the QCL hypothesis for receiving PDSCH and corresponding DMRS; the sounding reference signal with configurable bits signal, SRS) trigger field, used to trigger SRS resource set; configurable bit number of precoding information and layer number indication field, used to indicate the number of ports occupied by data transmission and precoding information; CSI with configurable bit number The request trigger indication field is used to trigger CSI reporting; the DMRS sequence initialization indication field with configurable bits is used to indicate the initialization value of the DMRS sequence.
可选地,采用第三、四、五、六、七、八、九、十DCI格式的DCI的扰码是UE特定的RRC信令配置的。Optionally, the scrambling code of the DCI in the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format is configured by UE-specific RRC signaling.
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式的比特位数,在该第五DCI格式中填零直到第五DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数;当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式的比特位数,在该第三DCI格式中填零直到第三DCI格式的比特位数等于第五DCI格式的比特位数;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第六DCI格式中填零,直到第六DCI格式的比特位数等于第四DCI格式的比特位数;当该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第四DCI格式中填零,直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第六DCI格式的比特位数。At least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fifth DCI format Size, determine the bit number of the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format, fill in the fifth DCI format until the bit number of the fifth DCI format is equal to the bit number of the third DCI format; when the third DCI format The payload size of the format is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the third DCI format until the number of bits in the third DCI format is equal to The number of bits in the fifth DCI format; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format: when the payload size of the fourth DCI format Greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, determine the bit number of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, and fill in the sixth DCI format with zeros until the bit number of the sixth DCI format is equal to the fourth DCI format When the payload size of the fourth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, determine the number of bits of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, and fill in the fourth DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the fourth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,上述的第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,第二DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的情况下,第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输,对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小可以是对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及对齐第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即通过分别对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式中用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,从而实现对齐用户特定搜索空间USS中不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS In the case of the format and the sixth DCI format, the third and fifth DCI formats are used to schedule downlink transmission, and the fourth and sixth DCI formats are used to schedule uplink transmission, aligning the payload size of the first DCI format and The payload size of the first DCI format may be aligned with the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and aligned with the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format, namely By aligning the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the DCI format issued by different transmission points, and the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, it is possible to align the different user-specific search spaces in the USS. The payload size of the DCI format issued by the transmission point can reduce the complexity of blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
应理解,本申请实施例中上述的使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同并不是一定要终端设备执行的步骤,例如,协议规定TRP#1和TRP#2分别发送的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,终端设备无需执行上述的对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小的步骤;同理,本申请实施例中上述的使得该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同并不是一定要终端设备执行的步骤,例如,协议规定TRP#1和TRP#2分别发送的第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,终端设备无需执行上述的对齐第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小的步骤。It should be understood that making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format described above in the embodiments of the present application is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device. For example, the protocol stipulates TRP#1 and TRP. #2 When the payload size of the third DCI format sent separately and the payload size of the fifth DCI format are the same, the terminal device does not need to perform the above-mentioned alignment of the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fifth DCI format Similarly, in the embodiment of this application, making the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device. For example, the protocol stipulates TRP When the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format sent by #1 and TRP#2 are the same, the terminal device does not need to perform the above-mentioned alignment of the payload size of the fourth DCI format with the sixth DCI format The steps of the payload size.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于该用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于该USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,其中,该第三DCI格式和该第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,该第四DCI格式和该第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第四DCI格式中填零直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数;当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第三DCI格式中填零直到第三DCI格式的比特位数等于第四DCI格式的比特位数;当该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第六DCI格式中填零直到第六DCI格式的比特位数等于第五DCI格式的比特位数;当该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第五DCI格式中填零直到第五DCI格式的比特位数等于第六DCI格式的比特位数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format configured in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink Transmission; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the validity of the sixth DCI format The payload size is the same: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, determine the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format, and fill in the fourth DCI format with zeros until The number of bits in the fourth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format; when the payload size of the third DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, determine whether the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format are The number of bits in the third DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the third DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourth DCI format; when the payload size of the fifth DCI format is greater than the validity of the sixth DCI format Payload size, determine the number of bits in the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, fill in the sixth DCI format until the number of bits in the sixth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format; when the fifth The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, and zeros are filled in the fifth DCI format until the number of bits in the fifth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,上述的第一DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,第二DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的情况下,第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输,可以分别对齐第一DCI格式中包括的用于调度下行传输的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和用于调度上行传输的第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小、第二DCI格式中包括的用于调度下行传输的第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和用于调度上行传输的第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即分别对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式中用于调度下行传输和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,从而实现分别对齐用户特定搜索空间USS中不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS. In the case of the sixth DCI format, the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission. The data included in the first DCI format can be aligned with The payload size of the third DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission and the payload size of the fourth DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission, the payload size of the fifth DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission included in the second DCI format, and The payload size of the sixth DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, that is, the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points are aligned, so as to realize the difference Aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the user-specific search space USS can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
应理解,本申请实施例中上述的使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同并不是一定要终端设备执行的步骤,例如,协议规定TRP#1发送的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,终端设备无需执行上述的对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的步骤;同理,本申请实施例中上述的使得该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI 格式的有效载荷大小相同并不是一定要终端设备执行的步骤,例如,协议规定TRP#2发送的第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,终端设备无需执行上述的对齐第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小的步骤。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device. For example, the protocol stipulates that TRP#1 sends When the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, the terminal device does not need to perform the aforementioned step of aligning the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fourth DCI format; Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, making the payload size of the fifth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format is not a step that must be performed by the terminal device. For example, the protocol stipulates that TRP#2 sends the first step. When the payload size of the fifth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, the terminal device does not need to perform the step of aligning the payload size of the fifth DCI format with the payload size of the sixth DCI format.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中还包括配置于该USS中的第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中还包括配置于该USS中的第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式,其中,该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小根据当前激活的上行BWP大小确定、用于调度上行传输;该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,根据当前激活的下行BWP大小确定、用于调度下行传输;With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first DCI format further includes a seventh DCI format and an eighth DCI format configured in the USS, and the second DCI format further includes The ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format in the USS, where the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission; the eighth DCI The format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are equal to the first payload size, determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size, and used for scheduling downlink transmission;
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即DCI格式中可以不包括上述第三、四、五、六DCI格式中包括的部分或者全部可配置的字段。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the above-mentioned third, fourth, fifth, and fifth DCI formats may not be included in the DCI format. Six part or all of the configurable fields included in the DCI format.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第七、八、九、十DCI格式中可配置的字段有PDSCH的频域位置指示字段,该字段的比特位数根据当前载波内BWP包括的RB个数确定。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats The field has a frequency domain position indication field of the PDSCH, and the number of bits in this field is determined according to the number of RBs included in the BWP in the current carrier.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第七、八、九、十DCI格式中可配置的字段还有上行频带指示字段,该字段用于指示是否开启多个上行频带。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats The field also has an uplink frequency band indication field, which is used to indicate whether to enable multiple uplink frequency bands.
可选的,当填零前的第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于填零前的第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则第七DCI格式中的上行频带指示字段的比特数为1,当填零前的第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于填零前的第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则第九DCI格式中的上行频带指示字段的比特数为1。Optionally, when the payload size of the eighth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the seventh DCI format before zero-filling, the number of bits in the uplink band indication field in the seventh DCI format is 1. The payload size of the tenth DCI format before zero is greater than the payload size of the ninth DCI format before zero filling, and the number of bits in the uplink frequency band indication field in the ninth DCI format is 1.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式可以用于RRC重配置阶段。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats can be used in the RRC reconfiguration phase.
可选地,该终端设备采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第一有效载荷大小:当该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第十DCI格式的比特位数;当该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第十DCI格式的比特位数。Optionally, the terminal device adopts at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the first payload size: when the payload size of the seventh DCI format Greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the seventh DCI format is valid If the payload size is smaller than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the ninth DCI format The payload size of the format is greater than the first payload size, determining the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the tenth DCI format; When the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the ninth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits of the ninth DCI format is equal to the tenth DCI The number of bits in the format.
基于上述技术方案,上述的第一DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式,第二DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的情况下,该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小仅仅根据当前激活的上行BWP大小确定、用于调度上行传输,第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,根据当前激活的下行BWP大小确定、 用于调度下行传输,可以对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及对齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即分别对齐不同传输点传输下发的DCI格式中用于调度下行传输和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,并且,当第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小仅仅根据当前激活的下行BWP大小确定时,可以默认第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,从而实现对齐用户特定搜索空间USS中不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the foregoing first DCI format includes the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes the ninth DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS. In the case of the tenth DCI format, the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission. The eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format The payload size is equal to the first payload size, which is determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size and used for scheduling downlink transmissions. It can align the payload size of the seventh DCI format with the payload size of the eighth DCI format, and align the ninth DCI The payload size of the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are respectively aligned with the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points, and when When the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size, the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format can be the same by default, so as to align the user-specific search space The payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the USS can reduce the complexity of the blind detection of the DCI by the terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario.
可选地,作为一种可能的实现方式,本申请实施例中,上述第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同记为上述的第一有效载荷大小,则该终端设备采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第一有效载荷大小:当该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小。Optionally, as a possible implementation manner, in this embodiment of the present application, the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format are the same as the first payload size, then the terminal device adopts the following At least one of the ways to make the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size: when the payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine The number of bits in the eighth DCI format is truncated in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size , Determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the first Payload size, determine the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, truncated in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the The first payload size determines the number of bits of the tenth DCI format, and fills in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits of the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
可选地,上述步骤中,第七DCI格式的比特位数大于第八DCI格式的比特位数,且第九DCI格式的比特位数大于第十DCI格式比特位数。Optionally, in the foregoing steps, the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is greater than the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is greater than the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
可选地,终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最大的有效载荷大小:若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小。Optionally, the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format: if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the first Payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, fill in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is less than The first payload size determines the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the seventh DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is smaller than the size of the first payload, the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the size of the first payload; if the seventh DCI If the size of the payload of the format is greater than the size of the first payload, the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is determined, and the seventh DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the size of the first payload; 9. The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, and the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; If the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and truncate in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
可选地,终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小, 其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最大的有效载荷大小:若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小。Optionally, the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format: if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the first Payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is less than The first payload size determines the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; if the eighth DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is smaller than the size of the first payload, the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the size of the first payload; if the eighth DCI If the payload size of the format is greater than the first payload size, the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is determined, and the eighth DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; The payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, and the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the tenth DCI format, and truncate in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits of the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
可选地,终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最大的有效载荷大小:若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小。Optionally, the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format: if the The payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, and the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size ; If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is less than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the tenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits of the tenth DCI format is equal to the first Payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format Equal to the first payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the ninth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the first payload.
可选地,终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最小的有效载荷大小:若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小。Optionally, the terminal device may also use at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload Size, where the first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format: if the The payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determining the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the tenth DCI format, and truncate in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits of the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload Size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first Payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and truncate in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to The first payload size.
一种可能的实现方式,在使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的 有效载荷大小相同,和/或,使得该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之前,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小。A possible implementation is to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the sixth DCI format Before the payload size is the same, the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is made equal to the first payload size.
一种可能的实现方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,且不对第三、四、五、六DCI格式的有效载荷对齐。A possible implementation is such that the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and the payloads of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats are not aligned.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于上述拉齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或,第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小的先后顺序不做特别的规定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format The size of the payload and the sequence of making the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the size of the first payload are not specifically specified.
还应理解,本申请实施例中对于上述的拉齐第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小并不是一定要执行的步骤,例如,协议规定第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则无需执行上述的拉齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小的步骤;和/或,协议规定第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小和,则无需执行上述的拉齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小的步骤。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, for the foregoing seventh DCI format, the payload size of the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and it is not a necessary step. For example, the protocol specifies the seventh DCI format. The payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the eighth DCI format, there is no need to perform the above-mentioned step that the payload size of the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; and/or the agreement stipulates that the ninth DCI format is valid If the payload size is the sum of the payload size of the tenth DCI format, there is no need to perform the aforementioned step of aligning the payload size of the ninth DCI format with the first payload size.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或使得该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,或者,在使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或,使得该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,该方法还包括:当该第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第一有效载荷大小时,在该DCI格式中填一位零。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the payload size of the third DCI format is made the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the fourth DCI format is made effective After the payload size is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, or after making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and/or, making the fifth DCI format After the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, the method further includes: when the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and any of the sixth DCI format When the size of the payload is equal to the size of the first payload, a zero is filled in the DCI format.
或者,or,
当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第三DCI格式中填一位零;当该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第四DCI格式中填一位零;当该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第三DCI格式中填一位零;当该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第四DCI格式中填一位零。When the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, one bit is filled in the third DCI format; when the payload size of the fourth DCI format is the same as the first 7. When the payload size of the DCI format or the eighth DCI format is the same, fill a zero in the fourth DCI format; when the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format When the same, fill a bit with zero in the third DCI format; when the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the seventh or eighth DCI format, fill a bit in the fourth DCI format zero.
基于上述技术方案,在对齐了上述的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小之后,如果第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于上述第一有效载荷大小,在等于上述第一有效载荷大小的DCI格式中填一位零;或者,Based on the above technical solution, the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format are aligned After the size, if the payload size of any of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, it is equal to the first payload size Fill in one zero in the DCI format; or,
在对齐了上述的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小之后,如果第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于上述第一有效载荷大小,在等于上述第一有效载荷大小的DCI格式中填一位零。After aligning the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format, if the first 3. The payload size of any DCI format in the DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and the DCI format equal to the first payload size is filled in One bit zero.
例如,确定USS中基本的用于下行调度的DCI格式的有效载荷大小和增强的用于下行调度的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,比较USS中基本的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(该第八DCI格式、该第十DCI格式)和增强的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(第三DCI格式、第五DCI格式),当增强的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小时,在基本的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式中填一位0;同理,确定USS中基本的用于上行调度的DCI格式的有效载荷大小和增强的用于上行调度的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,比较USS中基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式)和增强的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(该第四DCI格式、该第六DCI格式),当增强的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小时,在基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式中填一位0。For example, determine the payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the USS and the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling, and compare the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the USS The size (the eighth DCI format, the tenth DCI format) and the enhanced payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission (the third DCI format, the fifth DCI format), when the enhanced one is used for scheduling downlink When the payload size of the transmitted DCI format is equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, fill a bit 0 in the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission; for the same reason, determine the USS The basic payload size of the DCI format used for uplink scheduling and the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling are compared with the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the USS (the seventh DCI Format, the ninth DCI format) and the enhanced payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission (the fourth DCI format, the sixth DCI format), when the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission When the payload size of is equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, fill a bit 0 in the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,其中,该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell, and the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the tenth DCI format Four DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
可选地,采用第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式的DCI的扰码是广播信令配置的。可选地,第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式中不包括上述第三、四、五、六DCI格式中包括的部分或者全部可配置的字段。Optionally, the scrambling code of the DCI in the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI format is configured by broadcast signaling. Optionally, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and The fourteen DCI format does not include some or all of the configurable fields included in the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats.
可选地,第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式中可配置的字段有PDSCH的频域位置指示字段,该字段的比特位数根据初始接入BWP包括的RB数确定,或者根据CORESET 0包括的RB数确定。Optionally, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and Fourteen configurable fields in the DCI format include the frequency domain position indication field of the PDSCH. The number of bits in this field is determined according to the number of RBs included in the initial access BWP, or according to the number of RBs included in CORESET 0.
可选地,第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式中可配置的字段还有上行频带指示字段,该字段用于指示是否开启多个上行频带。Optionally, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and The configurable fields in the fourteen DCI format also include an uplink frequency band indication field, which is used to indicate whether to enable multiple uplink frequency bands.
可选的,当填零前的第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于填零前的第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则第十一DCI格式中的上行频带指示字段的比特数为1,当填零前的第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于填零前的第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则第十三DCI格式中的上行频带指示字段的比特数为1。Optionally, when the payload size of the twelfth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the eleventh DCI format before zero-filling, the number of bits in the uplink band indication field in the eleventh DCI format is 1. , When the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format before zero-filling, the number of bits in the uplink frequency band indication field in the thirteenth DCI format is 1.
可选地,第十一、十二、十三、十四DCI格式可以用于初始接入阶段。Optionally, the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth DCI formats can be used in the initial access phase.
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位 数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, Determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is less than The size of the second payload determines the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, and fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload Size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format, and truncate the eleventh DCI format to the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format The number is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in the thirteenth DCI format until the first The number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the size of the payload of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is determined. Truncated in the DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。Optionally, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is larger than the second Payload size, determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the fourteenth DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; The payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second Payload size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, and truncate the eleventh DCI format until the eleventh DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload; if the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the size of the second payload, the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format is determined, and zeros are filled in the thirteenth DCI format Until the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the size of the payload of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format. In the thirteenth DCI format, the number of bits is truncated until the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定 第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。Optionally, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second Payload size, determine the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format If the payload size is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if The payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, and zeros are filled in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; The payload size of the DCI format is greater than the second payload size, and the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size ; If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fill in the fourteenth DCI format with zeros until the fourteenth DCI format bits The number is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and truncate the fourteenth DCI format to the tenth The number of bits in the quad DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload.
可选地,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。Optionally, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is larger than the second Payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the thirteenth DCI format is valid If the size of the payload is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; The payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, and the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second Payload size; if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and truncate it until the twelfth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is smaller than the size of the second payload, the number of bits of the fourteenth DCI format is determined, and zeros are filled in the fourteenth DCI format Until the number of bits of the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the size of the payload of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, determine the number of bits of the fourteenth DCI format. The number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is truncated until the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first The second payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the largest payload size in the fourteenth DCI format. If the twelfth DCI format is The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the bit number of the twelfth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the bit number of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fill in the fourteenth DCI format with zeros until the fourteenth DCI format bits The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the size of the second payload, the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is determined, and the eleventh DCI format is filled with zeros until The number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the size of the payload of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the size of the second payload, the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format is determined to be in the tenth The three DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十 一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2. The payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the fourteenth DCI format, if the twelfth DCI format The payload size of the DCI format is greater than the second payload size, and the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is determined, and truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size ; If the size of the payload of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, determine the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and truncate in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format Equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, and truncate the eleventh DCI format to the eleventh The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is determined. Truncate until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
基于上述技术方案,对齐两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的公共的搜索空间CSS中DCI格式的有效载荷大小,使得两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,对齐到两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小中较大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小。即在一个载波内,公共的搜索空间CSS中增强的DCI格式和基本的DCI格式仅存在一个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, the payload size of the DCI format in the common search space CSS corresponding to two TRPs or two CORESET groups is aligned, so that the two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively correspond to the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission The payload size is aligned to the larger of the payload size of the DCI format of the two TRPs or the two CORESET groups for scheduling uplink transmission. That is, within one carrier, the enhanced DCI format and the basic DCI format in the common search space CSS have only one payload size of the DCI format.
可选地,可以将两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,对齐到两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小中较小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,例如:Optionally, the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups can be aligned to the DCIs for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups. The smaller the payload size of the DCI format in the payload size of the format, for example:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中截断;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, Truncated in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, the fourteenth Truncate in the DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format Until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format; if the tenth 3. The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, and zero is filled in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the thirteenth DCI format is The payload size is greater than the second payload size, and truncated in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
还应理解,当设置第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,则无需执行上述的拉齐十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的步骤。It should also be understood that when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is set to be the same, there is no need to perform the aforementioned Lacy eleven DCI format Steps of the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于该CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,其中,该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell, and the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the Fourteen DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小、该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小:当该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数;当该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数;当该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小, 在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数;当该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数。At least one of the following methods is adopted so that the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is equal to that of the fourteenth DCI format. Payload size: when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the twelfth The number of bits in the DCI format; when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format It is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncated in the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the tenth The number of bits in the three DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,对齐两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的公共的搜索空间CSS中DCI格式的有效载荷大小,分别对齐两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小。即在公共的搜索空间CSS中针对两个TRP或者两个CORESET组会得到两个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, align the payload size of the DCI format in the common search space CSS corresponding to two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively, and align the DCIs for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively. The payload size of the format and the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission. That is, for two TRPs or two CORESET groups in the common search space CSS, two DCI format payload sizes will be obtained.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,该方法还包括如下方式的至少一种:基于该第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小;基于该第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, after determining that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the method further includes at least one of the following ways: based on the first configuration The initial BWP configuration included in the information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the eighth DCI format; based on the second configuration information included The initial BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format;
可选地,不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式总数不超过第一预设门限。Optionally, the total number of DCI formats of different payload sizes does not exceed the first preset threshold.
可选地,USS中不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式总数不超过第二预设门限。Optionally, the total number of DCI formats of different payload sizes in the USS does not exceed the second preset threshold.
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。The following manner is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is the eighth DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the tenth DCI format. If the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format. Fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the bit number of the tenth DCI format , Fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the size of the seventh DCI format The number of bits in the seventh DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the third payload size, determine the seventh The number of bits in the DCI format is truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine The number of bits of the ninth DCI format, fill in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits of the ninth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the third payload size Size, determine the number of bits of the ninth DCI format, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits of the ninth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格 式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。Optionally, the following manner is adopted so that the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format, if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, determine the bit position of the eighth DCI format The number of bits in the eighth DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, the tenth DCI format is determined Number of bits, truncated in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the seventh DCI The number of bits in the format. Fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the third payload size, confirm The number of bits in the seventh DCI format is truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size , Determine the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the third The payload size is to determine the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。Optionally, the following manner is adopted so that the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format, if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the bits of the seventh DCI format Number, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the ninth DCI format The number of bits in the ninth DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the first The number of bits in the eighth DCI format. Fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the third payload size , Determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and truncate in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the third effective The payload size is to determine the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and fill in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the The third payload size determines the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and truncates in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。Optionally, the following manner is adopted so that the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format, and if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is larger than the third payload size, determine the bits of the seventh DCI format The number of bits in the seventh DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, the ninth DCI format is determined The number of bits, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the eighth DCI The number of bits in the format. Fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format is greater than the third payload size, confirm The number of bits in the eighth DCI format is truncated in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size , Determine the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is greater than the third The payload size determines the number of bits in the tenth DCI format, and truncates in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式 和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。Optionally, the following manner is adopted so that the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is The seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format have the largest payload size of the DCI format. If the payload size of the seventh DCI format is larger than the third Payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, fill in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than The third payload size determines the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, and fills in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the eighth DCI format is valid If the payload size is smaller than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the tenth DCI The payload size of the format is smaller than the third payload size, and the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
可选地,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。Optionally, the following manner is adopted so that the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size among the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format, if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is larger than the third Payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the The third payload size determines the number of bits in the ninth DCI format, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the eighth DCI format Is greater than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format, truncated in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the tenth DCI format is valid If the payload size is greater than the third payload size, the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is determined, and the tenth DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
应理解,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式为执行上述的使得第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同操作之前的DCI格式。It should be understood that the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payloads of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format. The DCI format before the same size operation.
可选地,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小是经过上述填零或者截断操作之后的有效载荷大小,判断门限之后的操作是基于上述填零操作之后的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payload sizes after the zero-filling or truncation operations described above, and the operations after determining the threshold are based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
可选地,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小是根据相应的配置信息确定的,判断门限之后的操作是基于配置信息确定的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
基于上述技术方案,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数不满足预设的条件时,基于确定CSS中用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定USS中基本的用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小,同理基于确定CSS中用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定USS中基本的用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小,再执行对齐USS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,具体对齐方式与上述的对齐USS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式类似:先对齐用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在将用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到用于调度下行传输DCI 格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes does not meet the preset conditions, the basic USS for scheduling uplink transmission is determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission in the CSS The payload size of the DCI format is similarly determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission in the CSS to determine the basic payload size of the USS for scheduling the downlink transmission DCI format, and then perform the alignment of the different USS The specific alignment method of the payload size of the DCI format is similar to the above-mentioned method of aligning the payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS: first align the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission, and then it will be used for scheduling the uplink transmission The payload size of the format is aligned to the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
应理解,当上述的第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中的一个或多个DCI格式中填有一位零的情况下,在判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,执行上述的将第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到该第三有效载荷大小之前,需要去掉第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式或该第六DCI格式中填的一位0。It should be understood that when one or more of the above-mentioned third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are filled with one or more of the DCI formats, it is determined that different payloads After the number of DCI formats of the size is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, perform the above-mentioned aligning the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format to the third effective Before the payload size, one bit 0 filled in the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, or the sixth DCI format needs to be removed.
可选地,上述第三DCI格式、第四DCI格式、第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小是经过上述填零或者截断操作之后的有效载荷大小,判断门限之后的操作是基于上述填零操作之后的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is the payload size after the zero-filling or truncation operation, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
可选地,上述第三DCI格式、第四DCI格式、第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小是根据相应的配置信息确定的,判断门限之后的操作是基于配置信息确定的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
应理解,当第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小时,上述的第三有效载荷大小为上述的第二有效载荷大小;It should be understood that when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, the aforementioned third payload size is The aforementioned second payload size;
当该第十二DCI格式和该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,上述的第三有效载荷大小为第十二DCI格式或该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小,或者,上述的第三有效载荷大小为第十三DCI格式或该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小。When the payload size of the twelfth DCI format and the eleventh DCI format are the same, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are the same, the aforementioned third payload size is the tenth 2. The payload size of the DCI format or the eleventh DCI format, or the third payload size mentioned above is the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format or the fourteenth DCI format.
可选地,上述第十一DCI格式、第十二DCI格式、第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小是经过上述填零或者截断操作之后的有效载荷大小,判断门限之后的操作是基于上述填零操作之后的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is the payload size after the zero-filling or truncation operation described above, after the judgment threshold The operation is performed based on the bits after the above zero-filling operation.
可选地,上述第十一DCI格式、第十二DCI格式、第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小是根据相应的配置信息确定的,判断门限之后的操作是基于配置信息确定的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the configuration information Certain bits are executed.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第二有效载荷大小:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, after judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the following methods are used to make the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format The payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中分别截断或填零。The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are respectively truncated or filled with zeros.
基于上述技术方案,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数不满足预设的条件,且第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小时,将USS中基本的用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到CSS中用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes does not meet the preset conditions, and the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format When the payload size is equal to the second payload size, the basic payload size used for scheduling the uplink transmission DCI format in the USS is aligned to the payload size used for scheduling the uplink DCI format in the CSS.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第二有效载荷大小:基于该第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、 该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;或者,基于该第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: after judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the The payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size: based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the first configuration The CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format; or, based on the payload size included in the second configuration information The initial BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
应理解,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式为执行上述的使得使得第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之前的DCI格式。It should be understood that the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are implemented to make the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format valid. The DCI format before the same payload size.
可选地,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小是经过上述填零或者截断操作之后的有效载荷大小,判断门限之后的操作是基于上述填零操作之后的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payload sizes after the zero-filling or truncation operations described above, and the operations after determining the threshold are based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
可选地,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小是根据相应的配置信息确定的,判断门限之后的操作是基于配置信息确定的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
基于上述技术方案,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数不满足预设的条件,且第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小时,基于确定第二有效载荷大小的方式确定第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,从而使得USS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与CSS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。Based on the above technical solution, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes does not meet the preset conditions, and the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format When the payload size is equal to the second payload size, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined based on the method of determining the second payload size, so that The payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS is the same as the payload size of the different DCI formats in the CSS.
当上述的第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小的情况下,基于该第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;When the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information Determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format;
当上述的第二有效载荷大小为该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的情况下,基于该第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。When the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information Determine the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect,
该第三DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The third DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第四DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第五DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第六DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第七DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第八DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第九DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第十DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第十一DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第十二DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第十三DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第十四DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0。The fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备接收上述一个或多个经过填0或截断的DCI格式。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device receives the above-mentioned one or more zero-filled or truncated DCI formats.
第二方面,提供了一种发送下行控制信息DCI的方法,该发送下行控制信息DCI的方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the second aspect, a method for sending downlink control information DCI is provided. The method for sending downlink control information DCI may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit provided in the network device. Not limited.
发送下行控制信息DCI的方法包括:The method for sending downlink control information DCI includes:
发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;发送第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;其中,该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第一DCI格式中填零直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数;当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第二DCI格式中填零直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第二DCI格式中截断直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;当该第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第一DCI格式中截断直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数。Send first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format; send second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format; wherein, the first The first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format Same: When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the number of bits in the first DCI format and the second DCI format, and fill in the first DCI format with zeros until the first The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the bits of the first DCI format and the second DCI format Number, fill in the second DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format; when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format , Determine the number of bits in the first DCI format and the second DCI format, and truncate in the second DCI format until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format; when the number of bits in the first DCI format The payload size is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, the number of bits in the first DCI format and the second DCI format is determined, and the first DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the second DCI The number of bits in the format.
本申请实施例提供的发送下行控制信息DCI的方法,网络设备发送不同的控制资源集合CORESET组分别对应的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,具体地,网络设备分别确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,并通过填零或截断的方式,使得第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,从而对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。In the method for sending downlink control information DCI provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the first configuration information and the second configuration information corresponding to different control resource sets CORESET groups. Specifically, the network device respectively determines the validity of the first DCI format The payload size and the payload size of the second DCI format are filled with zeros or truncated so that the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format are the same, thereby aligning the data issued by different transmission points The payload size of the DCI format can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于该USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,其中,该第三DCI格式和该第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,该第四DCI格式和该第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式的比特位数,在该第五DCI格式中填零直到第五DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数;当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式的比特位数,在该第三DCI格式中填零直到第三DCI格式的比特位数等于第五DCI格式的比特位数;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第六DCI格式中填零直到第六DCI格式的比 特位数等于第四DCI格式的比特位数;当该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第四DCI格式中填零直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第六DCI格式的比特位数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes configuration The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission ; At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the effective payload of the fifth DCI format The payload size determines the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format. Fill in the fifth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the fifth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format; when the third The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the third DCI format until the number of bits in the third DCI format It is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format: when the payload of the fourth DCI format The size is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, determine the bit number of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, and fill in the sixth DCI format with zeros until the bit number of the sixth DCI format is equal to the fourth DCI format When the payload size of the fourth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, determine the number of bits of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, and fill in the fourth DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the fourth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,上述的第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,第二DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的情况下,第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输,对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小可以是对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及对齐第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即通过分别对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式中用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,从而实现对齐用户特定搜索空间USS中不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS In the case of the format and the sixth DCI format, the third and fifth DCI formats are used to schedule downlink transmission, and the fourth and sixth DCI formats are used to schedule uplink transmission, aligning the payload size of the first DCI format and The payload size of the first DCI format may be aligned with the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and aligned with the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format, namely By aligning the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the DCI format issued by different transmission points, and the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, it is possible to align the different user-specific search spaces in the USS. The payload size of the DCI format issued by the transmission point can reduce the complexity of blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于该用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于该USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,其中,该第三DCI格式和该第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,该第四DCI格式和该第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第四DCI格式中填零直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数;当该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第三DCI格式中填零直到第三DCI格式的比特位数等于第四DCI格式的比特位数;当该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第六DCI格式中填零直到第六DCI格式的比特位数等于第五DCI格式的比特位数;当该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的比特位数,在该第五DCI格式中填零直到第五DCI格式的比特位数等于第六DCI格式的比特位数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes The fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format configured in the USS, where the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink Transmission; at least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the validity of the sixth DCI format The payload size is the same: when the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, determine the number of bits in the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format, and fill in the fourth DCI format with zeros until The number of bits in the fourth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format; when the payload size of the third DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, determine whether the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format are The number of bits in the third DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the third DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourth DCI format; when the payload size of the fifth DCI format is greater than the validity of the sixth DCI format Payload size, determine the number of bits in the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, fill in the sixth DCI format until the number of bits in the sixth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format; when the fifth The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, determine the number of bits in the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, and fill in the fifth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the fifth DCI format Equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,上述的第一DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,第二DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的情况下,第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输,可以分别对齐第一DCI格式中包括的用于调度下行传输的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和用于调度上行传输的第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小、第二DCI格式中包括的用于调度下行传输的第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和用于调度上行传输的第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即分别对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式中用于调度下行传输和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,从而实现分别对齐用户特定搜索空间USS中不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the foregoing first DCI format includes the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes the fifth DCI format and the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS. In the case of the sixth DCI format, the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission. The data included in the first DCI format can be aligned with The payload size of the third DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission and the payload size of the fourth DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission, the payload size of the fifth DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission included in the second DCI format, and The payload size of the sixth DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, that is, the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points are aligned, so as to realize the difference Aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the user-specific search space USS can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中还包括配置于该USS中的第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中还包括配置于该USS中的第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式,其中,该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小根据当前激活的上行BWP大小确定、用于调度上行传输;该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,根据当前激活的下行BWP大小确定、用于调度下行传输;该网络设备采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第一有效载荷大小:当该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小;当该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first DCI format further includes a seventh DCI format and an eighth DCI format configured in the USS, and the second DCI format further includes The ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format in the USS, where the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission; the eighth DCI The format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are equal to the first payload size, which is determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size and used for scheduling downlink transmission; the network device uses at least one of the following methods to make the seventh DCI The format and the payload size of the ninth DCI format are equal to the first payload size: when the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the number of bits of the seventh DCI format, and the 7. Truncated in the DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the size of the first payload; when the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the size of the first payload, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format. Fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, determine the bits of the ninth DCI format The number of bits in the ninth DCI format is truncated until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size; when the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, the ninth DCI format is determined The number of bits is filled with zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the size of the first payload.
基于上述技术方案,上述的第一DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式,第二DCI格式包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的情况下,该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小仅仅根据当前激活的上行BWP大小确定、用于调度上行传输,第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,根据当前激活的下行BWP大小确定、用于调度下行传输,可以对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及对齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即分别对齐不同传输点传输下发的DCI格式中用于调度下行传输和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,并且,当第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小仅仅根据当前激活的下行BWP大小确定时,可以默认第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,从而实现对齐用户特定搜索空间USS中不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the foregoing first DCI format includes the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS, and the second DCI format includes the ninth DCI format and the eighth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS. In the case of the tenth DCI format, the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated uplink BWP size and used for scheduling uplink transmission. The eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format The payload size is equal to the first payload size, which is determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size and is used for scheduling downlink transmission. It can align the payload size of the seventh DCI format with the payload size of the eighth DCI format, and align the ninth DCI The payload size of the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are respectively aligned with the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the DCI formats issued by different transmission points, and when When the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is only determined according to the currently activated downlink BWP size, the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format can be the same by default, so as to align the user-specific search space The payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points in the USS can reduce the complexity of the blind detection of the DCI by the terminal equipment in the CoMP scenario.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或使得该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,或者,在使得该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或,使得该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,该方法还包括:当该第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第一有效载荷大小时,在该DCI格中填一位零。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the payload size of the third DCI format is made the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the fourth DCI format is made effective After the payload size is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, or after making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and/or, making the fifth DCI format After the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, the method further includes: when the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and any of the sixth DCI format When the payload size of is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled in the DCI grid.
基于上述技术方案,在对齐了上述的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小之后,如果第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于上述第一有效载荷大小,在等于上述第一有效载荷大小的DCI格式中填一位零;或者,Based on the above technical solution, the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format are aligned After the size, if the payload size of any of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, it is equal to the first payload size Fill in one zero in the DCI format; or,
在对齐了上述的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小之后,如果第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于上述第一有效载荷大小,在等于上述第一有效载荷大小的DCI格式中填一位零。After aligning the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format, if the first 3. The payload size of any DCI format in the DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, and the DCI format equal to the first payload size is filled in One bit zero.
例如,比较USS中基本的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(该第八DCI格式、该第十DCI格式)和增强的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(第三DCI格式、第五DCI格式),当增强的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小时,在基本的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式中填一位0;同理,比较USS中基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式)和增强的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小(该第四DCI格式、该第六DCI格式),当增强的、用于调度下行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小时,在基本的、用于调度上行传输的DCI格式中填一位0。For example, compare the payload size of the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the USS (the eighth DCI format, the tenth DCI format) and the enhanced payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission ( The third DCI format, the fifth DCI format), when the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission is equal to the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission, Fill a bit 0 in the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission; similarly, compare the basic payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the USS (the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format) and the enhanced, The payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission (the fourth DCI format, the sixth DCI format), when the enhanced payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission is equal to the basic one used for scheduling uplink When transmitting the payload size of the DCI format, fill a bit 0 in the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,其中,该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first DCI format includes an eleventh DCI format and a twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell, and the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the tenth DCI format Four DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, Determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is less than The size of the second payload determines the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and fills in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; The payload size of the DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, and fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload Size; if the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format, and truncate the eleventh DCI format to the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format The number is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in the thirteenth DCI format until the first The number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the size of the payload of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is determined. Truncated in the DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
基于上述技术方案,对齐两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的公共的搜索空间CSS中DCI格式的有效载荷大小,使得两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,对齐到两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小中较大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小。即在公共的搜索空间CSS中针对两个TRP或者两个CORESET组会得到一个DCI格 式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, the payload size of the DCI format in the common search space CSS corresponding to two TRPs or two CORESET groups is aligned, so that the two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively correspond to the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission The payload size is aligned to the larger of the payload size of the DCI format of the two TRPs or the two CORESET groups for scheduling uplink transmission. That is, for two TRPs or two CORESET groups in the common search space CSS, a DCI format payload size will be obtained.
可选地,可以将两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,对齐到两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小中较小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,例如:Optionally, the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups can be aligned to the DCIs for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups. The smaller the payload size of the DCI format in the payload size of the format, for example:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十二DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十四DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小;若该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小。At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format, if the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is greater than the second payload size, Determine the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and truncate in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is greater than the The second payload size determines the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size; if the eleventh DCI format The payload size of is smaller than the second payload size, the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is determined, and zero is filled in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload size; If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format, and truncate in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to The second payload size; if the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the thirteenth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload; if the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the size of the second payload, the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is determined. Truncate until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size.
还应理解,当设置第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,则无需执行上述的拉齐十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的步骤。It should also be understood that when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is set to be the same, there is no need to perform the aforementioned Lacy eleven DCI format Steps of the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,该第二DCI格式中包括配置于该CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,其中,该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first DCI format includes an eleventh DCI format and a twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell, and the second DCI format Includes the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS, where the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the Fourteen DCI format is used for scheduling downlink transmission;
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小、该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小:当该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数;当该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数;当该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数;当该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数。At least one of the following methods is adopted so that the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is equal to that of the fourteenth DCI format. Payload size: when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the twelfth The number of bits in the DCI format; when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format It is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncated in the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format; when the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the tenth The number of bits in the three DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,对齐两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的公共的搜索空 间CSS中DCI格式的有效载荷大小,分别对齐两个TRP或者两个CORESET组各自对应的用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式的有效载荷大小。即在公共的搜索空间CSS中针对两个TRP或者两个CORESET组会得到两个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, align the payload size of the DCI format in the common search space CSS corresponding to two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively, and align the DCIs for scheduling uplink transmissions corresponding to the two TRPs or two CORESET groups respectively. The payload size of the format and the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission. That is, for two TRPs or two CORESET groups in the common search space CSS, two DCI format payload sizes will be obtained.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,该方法还包括如下方式的至少一种:基于该第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小;基于该第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, after determining that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the method further includes at least one of the following ways: based on the first configuration The initial BWP configuration included in the information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the eighth DCI format; based on the second configuration information included The initial BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format;
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,该第三有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,若该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第八DCI格式的比特位数,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第十DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小;若该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第三有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第三有效载荷大小。The following manner is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size is the eighth DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the tenth DCI format. If the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the number of bits in the eighth DCI format. Fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the bit number of the tenth DCI format , Fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine the size of the seventh DCI format The number of bits in the seventh DCI format is filled with zeros until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the third payload size, determine the seventh The number of bits in the DCI format is truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, determine The number of bits of the ninth DCI format, fill in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits of the ninth DCI format is equal to the third payload size; if the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the third payload size Size, determine the number of bits of the ninth DCI format, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits of the ninth DCI format is equal to the third payload size.
基于上述技术方案,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数不满足预设的条件时,基于确定CSS中用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定USS中基本的用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小,同理基于确定CSS中用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定USS中基本的用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小,再执行对齐USS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,具体对齐方式与上述的对齐USS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式类似:先对齐用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在将用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到用于调度下行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes does not meet the preset conditions, the basic USS for scheduling uplink transmission is determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission in the CSS The payload size of the DCI format is similarly determined based on the method of determining the payload size of the DCI format for scheduling downlink transmission in the CSS to determine the basic payload size of the USS for scheduling the downlink transmission DCI format, and then perform the alignment of the different USS The specific alignment method of the payload size of the DCI format is similar to the above-mentioned method of aligning the payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS: first align the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission, and then it will be used for scheduling the uplink transmission DCI The payload size of the format is aligned to the payload size of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission.
应理解,当上述的第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式和该第六DCI格式中的一个或多个DCI格式中填有一位零的情况下,在判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,执行上述的将第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到该第三有效载荷大小之前,需要去掉第三DCI格式、该第四DCI格式、该第五DCI格式或该第六DCI格式中填的一位0。It should be understood that when one or more of the above-mentioned third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are filled with one or more of the DCI formats, it is determined that different payloads After the number of DCI formats of the size is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, perform the above-mentioned aligning the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format to the third effective Before the payload size, one bit 0 filled in the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, or the sixth DCI format needs to be removed.
应理解,当第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI 格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小时,上述的第三有效载荷大小为上述的第二有效载荷大小;It should be understood that when the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, the aforementioned third payload size is The aforementioned second payload size;
当该第十二DCI格式和该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,上述的第三有效载荷大小为第十二DCI格式或该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小,或者,上述的第三有效载荷大小为第十三DCI格式或该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小。When the payload size of the twelfth DCI format and the eleventh DCI format are the same, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are the same, the aforementioned third payload size is the tenth 2. The payload size of the DCI format or the eleventh DCI format, or the third payload size mentioned above is the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format or the fourteenth DCI format.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第二有效载荷大小:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, after judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the following methods are used to make the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format The payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中分别截断或填零。The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are respectively truncated or filled with zeros.
基于上述技术方案,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数不满足预设的条件,且第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小时,将USS中基本的用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到CSS中用于调度上行传输DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Based on the above technical solution, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes does not meet the preset conditions, and the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format When the payload size is equal to the second payload size, the basic payload size used for scheduling the uplink transmission DCI format in the USS is aligned to the payload size used for scheduling the uplink DCI format in the CSS.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第二有效载荷大小:基于该第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第一配置信息包括的CORESET中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;或者,基于该第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第二配置信息包括的CORESET中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: after judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the The payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size: based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the first configuration The CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET included in the information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format; or, based on the initial configuration information included in the second configuration information. The BWP configuration or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET included in the second configuration information determines the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
基于上述技术方案,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数不满足预设的条件,且第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小时,基于确定第二有效载荷大小的方式确定第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,从而使得USS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与CSS中不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。Based on the above technical solution, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes does not meet the preset conditions, and the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format When the payload size is equal to the second payload size, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined based on the method of determining the second payload size, so that The payload size of the different DCI formats in the USS is the same as the payload size of the different DCI formats in the CSS.
当上述的第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小的情况下,基于该第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;When the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information Determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format;
当上述的第二有效载荷大小为该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的情况下,基于该第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者该第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。When the foregoing second payload size is the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information Determine the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第三DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the third DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第四DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第五DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第六DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第七DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第八DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第九DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第十DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第十一DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第十二DCI格式为该第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
该第十三DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
该第十四DCI格式为该第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0。The fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备发送上述一个或多个经过填0或截断的DCI格式。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device transmits one or more of the above-mentioned DCI formats that are filled with 0 or truncated.
第三方面,提供一种接收下行控制信息DCI的装置,所述接收下行控制信息DCI的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。In a third aspect, an apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI is provided. The apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI includes a processor for implementing the function of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect.
可选地,所述接收下行控制信息DCI的装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。在一种可能的实现中,所述存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。Optionally, the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect. In a possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect.
可选地,所述接收下行控制信息DCI的装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述接收下行控制信息DCI的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该接收下行控制信息DCI的装置为终端设备时,所述通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI to communicate with other devices. When the device for receiving the downlink control information DCI is a terminal device, the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述传输下行控制信息DCI的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the device for transmitting downlink control information DCI includes a processor and a communication interface,
所述处理器用于运行计算机程序,以是的所述传输下行控制信息DCI的装置实现上述第一方面描述的任一种方法;The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device for transmitting downlink control information DCI implements any of the methods described in the first aspect;
所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信。The processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside.
可以理解,所述外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是所述装置以外的对象。It can be understood that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
在另一种可能的设计中,该接收下行控制信息DCI的装置为芯片或芯片系统所述通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the device for receiving downlink control information DCI is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, and pin on the chip or chip system. Or related circuits, etc. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
第四方面,提供一种发送下行控制信息DCI的装置,所述发送下行控制信息DCI的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。In a fourth aspect, an apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI is provided. The apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI includes a processor for implementing the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect.
可选地,所述发送下行控制信息DCI的装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。在一种可能的实现中,所述存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。可选地,所述发送下行控制信息DCI的装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述发送下行控制信息DCI的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该发送下行控制信息DCI的装置为网络设备时,所述通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect. In a possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect. Optionally, the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI to communicate with other devices. When the device for sending the downlink control information DCI is a network device, the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述发送下行控制信息DCI的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the device for sending downlink control information DCI includes a processor and a communication interface,
所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信;The processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface;
所述处理器用于运行计算机程序,以是的所述发送下行控制信息DCI的装置实现上述第二方面描述的任一种方法。The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device for sending downlink control information DCI implements any of the methods described in the second aspect.
可以理解,所述外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是所述装置以外的对象。It can be understood that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
在另一种可能的设计中,该发送下行控制信息DCI的装置芯片或芯片系统。所述通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the device chip or chip system for sending downlink control information DCI. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
第五方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置实现第一方面以及第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device realizes the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect Method in.
第六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置实现第二方面以及第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device realizes the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect Method in.
第七方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第一方面以及第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, when the instructions are executed by a computer, the communication device realizes the first aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
第八方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第二方面以及第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed by a computer, cause a communication device to implement the second aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括第三方面所示的接收下行控制信息DCI的装置和第四方面所示的发送下行控制信息DCI的装置。In a ninth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the apparatus for receiving downlink control information DCI shown in the third aspect and the apparatus for sending downlink control information DCI shown in the fourth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是能够适用本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法的系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种配置CORESET示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a CORESET configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法示意性流程图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请提出的接收DCI的装置50的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a device 50 for receiving DCI proposed in this application.
图6是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备60的结构示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 60 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请提出的发送DCI的装置70的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a device 70 for sending DCI proposed in this application.
图8是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备80的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 80 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无 线(new radio,NR)等,本申请中所述的5G移动通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone,NSA)的5G移动通信系统或独立组网(standalone,SA)的5G移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th generation (5G) system or new wireless (new radio, NR), etc., the 5G mobile communication system described in this application includes a non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication system or a standalone (SA) 5G mobile communication system. The technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The communication system can also be a public land mobile communication network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, and a device-to-device (D2D) communication system. Internet of Things (IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
本申请实施例中的终端设备(user equipment,UE)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、终端设备(terminal equipment)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment (user equipment, UE) in the embodiments of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, Terminal equipment (terminal equipment), terminal (terminal), wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) The terminal device or the terminal device in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device can also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to realize man-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network of interconnection of things. In the embodiments of the present application, the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving of the terminal through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向网络设备传输上行数据。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, the terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, gas stations, etc. The main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves. , To transmit uplink data to network equipment.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB,HeNB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiving function used to communicate with terminal devices. This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , The gNB in the system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or the network node that constitutes the gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). CU implements part of the functions of gNB, and DU implements part of the functions of gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable storage medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
图1是适用于本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法的无线通信系统100。该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如,图1所示的第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120。第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120均可以与终端设备130通过无线空口进行通信。第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。FIG. 1 is a wireless communication system 100 applicable to the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application. The wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, for example, the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 shown in FIG. 1. Both the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can communicate with the terminal device 130 through a wireless air interface. The first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
该无线通信系统100还包括位于第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120覆盖范围内的一个或多个终端设备(terminal device)130。该终端设备130可以是移动的或固定的。终端设备130可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(core network)进行通信。The wireless communication system 100 further includes one or more terminal devices (terminal devices) 130 located within the coverage area of the first network device 110 and the second network device 120. The terminal device 130 may be mobile or fixed. The terminal device 130 may communicate with one or more core networks (core networks) via a radio access network (RAN).
该无线通信系统100可以支持CoMP传输,即,多个小区或多个传输点(serving transmission reception point,serving TRP)可以协作,在同一时频资源集合上向同一个终端设备发送数据或者在部分重叠的时频资源集合上向同一个终端设备发送数据或者在不同的时频资源集合上向同一个终端设备发送数据。其中,该多个小区可以属于相同的网络设备或者不同的网络设备,并且可以根据信道增益或路径损耗、接收信号强度、接收信号指令等来选择。The wireless communication system 100 can support CoMP transmission, that is, multiple cells or multiple transmission points (serving transmission reception points, serving TRP) can cooperate to send data to the same terminal device on the same time-frequency resource set or partially overlap Send data to the same terminal device on the set of time-frequency resources or send data to the same terminal device on different sets of time-frequency resources. Wherein, the multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instruction, and the like.
该无线通信系统100中的终端设备130可以支持多点传输,即,该终端设备130可以与第一网络设备110通信,也可以与第二网络设备120通信,其中,第一网络设备110可以作为服务网络设备,服务网络设备是指该通过无线空口协议为终端设备提供无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接、非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)移动性管理和安全性输入等服务的网络设备。The terminal device 130 in the wireless communication system 100 can support multipoint transmission, that is, the terminal device 130 can communicate with the first network device 110 or the second network device 120, where the first network device 110 can serve as Serving network equipment. Serving network equipment refers to the provision of radio resource control (RRC) connection, non-access stratum (NAS) mobility management and security input for terminal equipment through the wireless air interface protocol Service network equipment.
可选地,该第一网络设备可以为服务网络设备,该第二网络设备可以为协作网络设备;或者,第一网络设备可以为协作网络设备,第二网络设备为服务网络设备。其中,该服务网络设备可以向终端设备发送控制信令,该协作网络设备可以向终端设备发送数据;或者,该服务网络设备可以向终端设备发送控制信令,该服务网络设备和该协作网络设备可以同时向该终端设备发送数据,或者,该服务网络设备和该协作网络设备可以同时向终端设备发送控制信令,并且该服务网络设备和该协作网络设备可以同时向该终端设备发送数据。本申请实施例对此并未特别限定。Optionally, the first network device may be a serving network device, and the second network device may be a cooperative network device; or, the first network device may be a cooperative network device and the second network device may be a serving network device. Wherein, the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, and the cooperative network device may send data to the terminal device; or, the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, the serving network device and the cooperative network device Data can be sent to the terminal device at the same time, or the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the terminal device at the same time, and the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send data to the terminal device at the same time. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
以第一网络设备为服务网络设备,第二网络设备为协作网络设备为例,该第二网络设备的数量可以是一个或多个,且与第一网络设备为满足不同准共站/准共址(quasi-collocation,QCL)的网络设备。其中,天线端口QCL定义为从QCL的天线端口发送出的信号会经过相同的大尺度衰落,大尺度衰落包括时延扩展、多普勒扩展、多普勒频移、平均信道增益和平均时延。Taking the first network device as the serving network device and the second network device as the cooperative network device as an example, the number of the second network device can be one or more, and it can meet the requirements of different quasi-common sites/quasi-common sites with the first network device. Quasi-collocation (QCL) network equipment. Among them, the antenna port QCL is defined as the signal sent from the antenna port of the QCL will undergo the same large-scale fading. Large-scale fading includes delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average channel gain, and average delay. .
可以理解的是,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以都为服务网络设备。例如,在无小区(non-cell)的场景中,或者在多小区的场景中,第一网络设备和第二网络设备均为各自小区中的服务网络设备。It can be understood that both the first network device and the second network device may be serving network devices. For example, in a non-cell (non-cell) scenario or in a multi-cell scenario, the first network device and the second network device are both serving network devices in respective cells.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例同样也适用于具有非QCL的天线端口的同一网络设备。即,该网络设备可以配置有不同的天线面板,同一网络设备中归属不同的天线面板的天线端口可能是非QCL的,其对应的小区特定参考信号(cell-specific reference signal,CRS)资源配置也可能是不同的。It should also be noted that the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to the same network device with non-QCL antenna ports. That is, the network device can be configured with different antenna panels, the antenna ports belonging to different antenna panels in the same network device may be non-QCL, and the corresponding cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource configuration may also be possible Is different.
上述适用本申请的通信系统100仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,例如,通信系统中包括的网络设备和终端设备的数量还可以是其它的数量,或者采用D2D通信场景。The above-mentioned communication system 100 to which the present application is applied is only an example, and the communication system to which the present application is applied is not limited to this. For example, the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system may also be other numbers, or use D2D communication scenarios.
为了便于理解本申请实施例中提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,下面简单介绍本申请实施例中涉及到的几个基本概念:In order to facilitate understanding of the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of this application, the following briefly introduces several basic concepts involved in the embodiments of this application:
1、控制资源集合(control resource set,CORESET)。1. Control resource set (CORESET).
为了提高终端设备盲检控制信道的效率,NR标准制定过程中提出了控制资源集合的概念。控制资源集合可以理解为一个用于配置PDCCH的参数集合,其中,参数集合中包括物理资源配置参数,比如频域资源配置参数。参数集合中还可以包括在该PDCCH上接 收DCI信令采用的接收波束指示信息,或者QCL假设,还可以包括PDCCH的DMRS扰码配置,还可以包括频域资源映射方式,还可以包括预编码方式和采用相同预编码方式的RB数等。此外,控制资源集合还会关联搜索空间集合,搜索空间集合可配置PDCCH的检测周期以及偏移量,在一个时隙内的起始符号等信息。例如,搜索空间集合可配置PDCCH周期为1个时隙,而时域起始符号为符号0,则终端设备可以在每个时隙的起始位置检测PDCCH。搜索空间集合中还可以配置聚合级别,用于指示每一次盲检测所基于的物理资源块大小,搜索空间集合中还可以配置DCI格式的类型,即根据该搜索空间集合和其关联的CORESET集合确定的物理资源上检测DCI所依据的DCI格式的类型,比如根据DCI格式的类型可以确定检测DCI的比特位数、还可以确定比特位中各个字段的长度,用以解析该DCI所指示的内容。In order to improve the efficiency of blind detection of control channels by terminal equipment, the concept of control resource set was proposed during the formulation of the NR standard. The control resource set may be understood as a parameter set for configuring the PDCCH, where the parameter set includes physical resource configuration parameters, such as frequency domain resource configuration parameters. The parameter set may also include receiving beam indication information used to receive DCI signaling on the PDCCH, or QCL hypothesis, may also include the DMRS scrambling code configuration of the PDCCH, may also include frequency domain resource mapping methods, and may also include precoding methods And the number of RBs using the same precoding method. In addition, the control resource set will also be associated with the search space set. The search space set can be configured with PDCCH detection period and offset, starting symbol in a time slot and other information. For example, the search space set can be configured with a PDCCH period as 1 time slot, and the time domain start symbol is symbol 0, the terminal device can detect the PDCCH at the start position of each time slot. The aggregation level can also be configured in the search space set to indicate the size of the physical resource block on which each blind detection is based, and the DCI format type can also be configured in the search space set, which is determined according to the search space set and its associated CORESET set The type of the DCI format used to detect the DCI on the physical resource, for example, the number of bits for detecting the DCI can be determined according to the type of the DCI format, and the length of each field in the bit can also be determined to analyze the content indicated by the DCI.
进一步地,本申请中的控制资源集合可以是5G移动通信系统中定义的CORESET或控制区域(control region)或增强物理下行控制信道(enhanced-physical downlink control channel,E-PDCCH)集合(set)等。Further, the control resource set in this application may be a CORESET or control region defined in the 5G mobile communication system, or an enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) set, etc. .
PDCCH所占用的时频位置可以称之为下行控制区域。在LTE中,PDCCH始终位于一个子帧的前m个(m可能的取值可以为1、2、3)符号。在NR中,下行控制区域可以由RRC信令通过CORESET和搜索空间集合(search space set)灵活配置:控制资源集合可配置PDCCH或控制信道单元(control channel element,CCE)的频域位置,时域的持续符号数(最大值为3)等信息。The time-frequency position occupied by the PDCCH can be referred to as the downlink control region. In LTE, the PDCCH is always located in the first m (m may be 1, 2, 3) symbols in a subframe. In NR, the downlink control region can be flexibly configured by RRC signaling through CORESET and search space set (search space set): the control resource set can be configured with PDCCH or control channel element (control channel element, CCE) frequency domain position, time domain The number of continuous symbols (the maximum value is 3) and other information.
其中,CORESET索引0(或者简称CORESET 0)比较特殊,其可以用于承载系统信息,比如系统信息块(system information block,SIB)信息等,可以认为该CORESET的索引是服务小区中索引最小的CORESET,也可以认为该CORESET是小区公共的搜索空间,即多个终端设备共享的CORESET。Among them, CORESET index 0 (or CORESET 0 for short) is special. It can be used to carry system information, such as system information block (SIB) information. It can be considered that the index of this CORESET is the CORESET with the smallest index in the serving cell. It can also be considered that the CORESET is the common search space of the cell, that is, the CORESET shared by multiple terminal devices.
具体地,图1中所示的传输点分别向终端设备发送DCI的情况下,可以是每个传输点配置一组CORESET,每个传输点在各自配置的CORESET中分别向终端设备下发DCI。Specifically, in the case where the transmission points shown in FIG. 1 respectively send DCI to the terminal device, each transmission point may configure a set of CORESET, and each transmission point separately issues DCI to the terminal device in its configured CORESET.
2、带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)。2. Bandwidth part (BWP).
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准组织目前正在制定5G的协议标准,又称为新无线标准。与LTE系统相比,NR系统能支持大系统带宽,而对于每个终端设备而言,可能仅使用该系统带宽中的一部分进行数据传输。网络设备可以根据当前业务需求和调度策略为其服务的每个用于配置不同的工作带宽,例如,针对低成本低速率的终端设备,或者针对低速率需求的业务,网络设备可以配置5MHz工作带宽,而针对高速率高性能的终端设备,或者针对高传输速率需求的业务,网络设备可以配置100MHz工作带宽。因此,NR引入了BWP的概念,即对于每个终端设备而言,当前业务传输占用的总频域资源。The third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standards organization is currently formulating 5G protocol standards, also known as new wireless standards. Compared with the LTE system, the NR system can support a large system bandwidth, and for each terminal device, only a part of the system bandwidth may be used for data transmission. Network equipment can be used to configure different working bandwidths for each of its services according to current business requirements and scheduling strategies. For example, for low-cost and low-rate terminal equipment, or for services with low-rate requirements, network equipment can be configured with 5MHz working bandwidth , And for high-speed and high-performance terminal equipment, or for services that require high transmission rates, network equipment can be configured with a 100MHz working bandwidth. Therefore, NR introduces the concept of BWP, that is, for each terminal device, the total frequency domain resources occupied by current service transmission.
一个BWP是一个小区载波上的一段连续频率资源,网络设备可以给不同的终端设备配置不同的带宽大小的BWP。当一个BWP被配置并且激活后,这个BWP被称为激活的BWP(active BWP),终端设备上行发送的数据都承载于上行active BWP内,网络设备下行发送的控制信息或者数据都将限制在下行active BWP内。目前协议支持1个终端设备只能在1个激活BWP(上行、下行各一个)上进行数据传输。终端设备在初始接入时被分配的BWP称为初始BWP(initial BWP),通常该初始BWP的配置信息通过系统消 息或者广播消息通知。A BWP is a segment of continuous frequency resources on a cell carrier. A network device can configure BWPs with different bandwidth sizes for different terminal devices. When a BWP is configured and activated, this BWP is called an active BWP (active BWP). The data sent by the terminal equipment is carried in the upstream active BWP, and the control information or data sent by the network equipment will be limited to the downlink. active within BWP. The current protocol supports that one terminal device can only perform data transmission on one active BWP (one for uplink and one for downlink). The BWP allocated by the terminal device during initial access is called initial BWP (initial BWP), and the configuration information of the initial BWP is usually notified through system messages or broadcast messages.
本申请实施例中BWP也可以称为系统带宽,为了简洁下文中简称为BWP。In the embodiments of the present application, BWP may also be referred to as system bandwidth, and for brevity, it is referred to as BWP in the following.
3、DCI检测流程。3. DCI detection process.
将原始的控制信息比特加上附加循环冗余校验码(cyclic redundancy check,CRC),该CRC用于接收端执行译码操作时的错误检测判决。CRC校验比特通过数据比特数计算,假设数据比特为a 0,a 1,a 2,a 3,...,a A-1,校验比特为p 0,p 1,p 2,p 3,...,p L-1,其中,A是数据比特数,L是校验比特数,且L=24。比特序列a' 0,a' 1,a' 2,a' 3,...,a' A+L-1中,对于i=0,1,...,L-1时,a' i=1,对于i=L,L+1,...,A+L-1时,a' i=a i-L,根据生成多项式确定CRC附着之后的输出比特。经过CRC附着,CRC校验比特通过无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI)序列x rnti,0,x rnti,1,...,x rnti,15加扰,形成序列c 0,c 1,c 2,c 3,...,c K-1。经过上述操作的信息比特传输至信道编码模块并完成速率匹配;之后按照特定的四相相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK)准则进行比特调制,之后映射到时频域资源上。该时频资源通过高层信令配置或者通过系统消息配置(以CORESET为配置单位)。终端设备根据时频资源和特定的盲检测(blind detection,BD)规则,执行DCI检测和译码。 The original control information bits are added with an additional cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC), and the CRC is used for error detection judgment when the receiving end performs a decoding operation. The CRC check bits are calculated by the number of data bits, assuming that the data bits are a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , a 3 ,..., a A-1 , and the check bits are p 0 , p 1 , p 2 , p 3 ,...,p L-1 , where A is the number of data bits, L is the number of parity bits, and L=24. The bit sequence a '0, a' 1, a '2, a' 3, ..., a 'A + in L-1, for i = 0,1, ..., L- 1 when, a' i = 1, for i = L, L + 1, ..., a + L-1 when, a 'i = a iL, the output of the polynomial is determined in accordance with attached CRC bits after generation. After CRC attachment, the CRC check bits are scrambled by the radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) sequence x rnti,0 ,x rnti,1 ,...,x rnti,15 to form the sequence c 0 ,c 1 ,c 2 ,c 3 ,...,c K-1 . The information bits that have undergone the above operations are transmitted to the channel coding module and rate matching is completed; then, bit modulation is performed according to a specific quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) criterion, and then mapped to time-frequency domain resources. The time-frequency resource is configured through high-level signaling or through system messages (with CORESET as the configuration unit). The terminal device performs DCI detection and decoding according to time-frequency resources and specific blind detection (BD) rules.
为了获取控制信息,终端设备需要预先知道网络设备下发的DCI的比特位数、以及每个比特的含义(对应了DCI字段的划分,也就是哪些比特对应指示了什么信息),上述内容可以被认为是DCI格式(format)。In order to obtain control information, the terminal device needs to know in advance the number of bits of the DCI issued by the network device and the meaning of each bit (corresponding to the division of the DCI field, that is, which bits indicate what information). The above content can be Think of it as the DCI format (format).
4、PDCCH资源配置方式。4. PDCCH resource configuration mode.
具体地,CORESET在频域上包含
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000001
个资源块(resource block,RB),其中,RB数和RB位置通过高层信令配置,PDCCH的频域资源配置方式是通过6个RB为粒度的位图(bitmap)指示;
Specifically, CORESET contains in the frequency domain
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000001
Resource blocks (resource blocks, RB), where the number of RBs and RB positions are configured through high-level signaling, and the frequency domain resource configuration mode of the PDCCH is indicated by a bitmap with a granularity of 6 RBs;
同时,CORESET在时域上包含
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000002
个OFDM符号,其中,OFDM符号数和OFDM位置也可以通过高层信令配置。一般地,一个时隙(slot)包括14个OFDM符号,也就是PDCCH通常处于一个slot的前
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000003
个OFDM符号上。时域位置通过与该CORESET关联的搜索空间配置信息指示的。搜索空间还用于配置在相应搜索空间上下发的DCI类型,包括公共搜索空间(common search space,CSS)和用户特定搜索空间(user specific search space,USS),其中,CSS用于承载指示多个终端设备的控制信息(group common DCI),由多个终端设备共同检测。USS用于承载指示一个终端设备的控制信息(UE specific DCI),由该终端设备检测。
At the same time, CORESET contains
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000002
OFDM symbols, where the number of OFDM symbols and OFDM positions can also be configured through higher-layer signaling. Generally, a slot includes 14 OFDM symbols, that is, the PDCCH is usually in front of a slot.
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000003
OFDM symbols. The time domain location is indicated by the search space configuration information associated with the CORESET. The search space is also used to configure the types of DCIs to be distributed in the corresponding search space, including common search space (CSS) and user specific search space (USS). Among them, CSS is used to carry multiple instructions. The control information (group common DCI) of the terminal device is jointly detected by multiple terminal devices. The USS is used to carry control information (UE specific DCI) indicating a terminal device, which is detected by the terminal device.
PDCCH对应的解调参考信号资源(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)和信道状态信息参考信号资源(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)之间的QCL假设用于指示DMRS的大尺度信道信息和接收波束对信息(beam pair link,BPL)可以基于其关联的CSI-RS获取。The QCL assumption between the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) corresponding to the PDCCH and the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) is used to indicate the large-scale channel information and the received beam of the DMRS The beam pair link (BPL) can be obtained based on its associated CSI-RS.
应理解,一个终端设备可以被配置多个CORESET。如图2所示。图2是本申请实施例提供的一种配置CORESET示意图。从图2中可以看出网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个CORESET(如图2中所示的CORESET#1和CORESET#2)。进一步的,不同CORESET可以对应不同的接收信号的QCL假设以及大尺度信道特征信息。可以理解的,不同站点协同传输的场景下,不同站点相对于终端设备的传输路径不同,会导致相应的QCL假设 以及大尺度信道特征信息不同,从而不同站点可以占用不同的CORESET下发控制信息。It should be understood that a terminal device can be configured with multiple CORESETs. as shown in picture 2. Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a CORESET configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from Figure 2 that the network device can configure multiple CORESETs for the terminal device (CORESET#1 and CORESET#2 as shown in Figure 2). Furthermore, different CORESETs can correspond to different QCL assumptions of received signals and large-scale channel characteristic information. It is understandable that in the scenario of coordinated transmission of different sites, different sites have different transmission paths relative to terminal devices, which will lead to different QCL assumptions and large-scale channel characteristic information, so that different sites can occupy different CORESETs to issue control information.
5、盲检。5. Blind inspection.
调度不同数据传输的DCI可以用不同的无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI)进行加扰。例如,RNTI可以包括小区标识(cell-RNTI,C-RNTI)、接入标识(random access-RNTI,RA-RNTI)、寻呼标识(paging-RNTI,P-RNTI)等,其中,C-RNTI可以用于对调度终端设备数据的DCI加扰,RA-RNTI可以用于对调度网络设备发送给终端设备的随机接入响应消息加扰,P-RNTI可以用于对寻呼消息进行加扰。The DCI for scheduling different data transmissions can be scrambled with different radio network temporary identifiers (RNTI). For example, RNTI may include cell identification (cell-RNTI, C-RNTI), access identification (random access-RNTI, RA-RNTI), paging identification (paging-RNTI, P-RNTI), etc., where C-RNTI It can be used to scramble the DCI of the data of the scheduling terminal device, the RA-RNTI can be used to scramble the random access response message sent by the scheduling network device to the terminal device, and the P-RNTI can be used to scramble the paging message.
以C-RNTI为例,不同终端设备的PDCCH可以通过其对应的C-RNTI进行区分,即将DCI的CRC由C-RNTI加掩。终端设备一般不知道当前发送的DCI的格式,也不知道自己所需要的DCI在哪个备选的PDCCH上,但是,终端设备知道自己当前在期待什么信息,对于所期待的不同信息,终端设备采用相应的RNTI和配置的备选的PDCCH上的信息做CRC校验,如果CRC校验成功,那么终端设备就知道这个DCI信息是自己需要的,也知道相应的DCI格式,从而进一步解析出该DCI的内容。Taking C-RNTI as an example, the PDCCHs of different terminal devices can be distinguished by their corresponding C-RNTIs, that is, the CRC of the DCI is masked by the C-RNTI. The terminal device generally does not know the format of the DCI currently sent, nor does it know which candidate PDCCH the DCI it needs is on. However, the terminal device knows what information it is currently expecting. For the different information expected, the terminal device uses The information on the corresponding RNTI and the configured candidate PDCCH is checked for CRC. If the CRC check is successful, the terminal device knows that the DCI information is needed by itself and also knows the corresponding DCI format, so as to further analyze the DCI Content.
在一种可能的实现方式中,盲检次数用于表征终端设备执行DCI检测的处理进程单元,即定义了终端设备执行DCI检测消耗的处理复杂度的单元,盲检次数越大,说明DCI检测消耗的处理复杂度越大,该盲检次数计算规则如下:In a possible implementation, the number of blind checks is used to characterize the processing process unit of the terminal device performing DCI detection, that is, the unit that defines the processing complexity consumed by the terminal device to perform DCI detection. The larger the number of blind checks, the greater the DCI detection. The greater the processing complexity is, the calculation rules for the number of blind checks are as follows:
(1)同一个候选PDCCH对应多个DCI格式,则消耗多次盲检;(1) The same candidate PDCCH corresponds to multiple DCI formats, which consumes multiple blind checks;
(2)来自不同控制信道元素(control channel element,CCE)的不同候选PDCCH,算作多次盲检;(2) Different candidate PDCCHs from different control channel elements (CCE) are counted as multiple blind checks;
(3)来自不同CORESET的不同候选PDCCH,算作多次盲检。(3) Different candidate PDCCHs from different CORESETs are counted as multiple blind checks.
6、DCI格式(DCI format)以及相关的配置信息。6. DCI format (DCI format) and related configuration information.
由于不同的调度需求可能需要不同的DCI字段以及比特数,NR定义了多个DCI format,且每个DCI format中的包括哪些字段以及每个字段大小可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)配置的,或者还可以是预先定义好的。NR目前支持4种格式的DCI用于调度数据传输,分别记为DCI format 0_0、DCI format 0_1DCI format 1_0以及DCI format 1_1。下面简单介绍这4种格式的DCI:Because different scheduling requirements may require different DCI fields and number of bits, NR defines multiple DCI formats, and which fields are included in each DCI format and the size of each field can be radio resource control (RRC) Configured, or can also be pre-defined. NR currently supports 4 formats of DCI for scheduling data transmission, which are recorded as DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_0, and DCI format 1_1. The following briefly introduces the DCI of these 4 formats:
按照上行和下行,上述4种格式的DCI可以分为两类:用于调度物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的DCI和用于调度物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的DCI,其中,DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1为用于调度PUSCH的DCI,DCI format 1_0和DCI format 1_1为用于调度PDSCH的DCI。According to the uplink and downlink, the DCI of the above four formats can be divided into two categories: DCI used for scheduling physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) scheduling DCI, where DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 are DCI used to schedule PUSCH, and DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 are DCI used to schedule PDSCH.
按照具体的功能,上述4种格式的DCI也可以分为两类:基本DCI(fallback DCI)和增强DCI(non-fallback DCI),其中,DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0为基本DCI,DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1为增强DCI。应理解,不同格式的DCI包含的字段内容以及相应的DCI的有效载荷大小不同。According to specific functions, the DCI of the above four formats can also be divided into two categories: basic DCI (fallback DCI) and enhanced DCI (non-fallback DCI), among which DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are basic DCI, and DCI format 0_1 And DCI format 1_1 are enhanced DCI. It should be understood that the content of the fields contained in the DCI of different formats and the payload size of the corresponding DCI are different.
在无RRC重配置过程中,会存在网络设备和终端设备对于新配置生效时间理解不一致的一段时间,在这一段时间内,网络设备可以向终端设备发送基本DCI进行数据调度,从而避免网络设备和终端设备对于RRC配置理解不一致。换句话说,若网络设备未通过高层信令为终端设备配置传输模式,主要是在初始接入之后一直到RRC配置完成且生效之间的时间段。由于这段时间内终端设备无法接收到任何RRC信令指示的配置信息,所 以协议需要预定义一种传输机制,即基于基本DCI调度的单端口传输,主要是由于该传输机制不依赖于RRC信令,通过DCI信令指示传输所需的参数即可完成数据传输。In the process of reconfiguration without RRC, there will be a period of time when network equipment and terminal equipment have inconsistent understanding of the effective time of the new configuration. During this period of time, the network equipment can send basic DCI to the terminal equipment for data scheduling, thereby avoiding network equipment and Terminal devices have inconsistent understanding of RRC configuration. In other words, if the network device does not configure the transmission mode for the terminal device through high-level signaling, it is mainly the time period after the initial access until the RRC configuration is completed and effective. Since the terminal device cannot receive any configuration information indicated by the RRC signaling during this period, the protocol needs to predefine a transmission mechanism, that is, single-port transmission based on basic DCI scheduling. The main reason is that the transmission mechanism does not depend on the RRC signaling. Therefore, data transmission can be completed by indicating the parameters required for transmission through DCI signaling.
应理解,上述基本DCI与增强DCI仅仅是为了区分两类不同功能的DCI所起的名称,还可以采用其他名称对其进行描述,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned basic DCI and enhanced DCI are only names for distinguishing two types of DCIs with different functions, and other names may also be used to describe them, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述4种DCI的格式可以分别如下表所示:In a possible implementation manner, the above four DCI formats can be as shown in the following table:
表一 DCI format 0_0Table 1 DCI format 0_0
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000004
在上述DCI format 0_0中,除了频域资源分配域以及SUL指示域之外,其余的域的长度都是固定的,不需要通过RRC信令配置,因此,DCI format 0_0的有效载荷大小仅与FDRA域和SUL指示域有关。In the above DCI format 0_0, except for the frequency domain resource allocation field and the SUL indicator field, the lengths of the remaining fields are fixed and do not need to be configured through RRC signaling. Therefore, the payload size of DCI format 0_0 is only the same as the FDRA The field is related to the SUL indicator field.
表二 DCI format 0_1Table 2 DCI format 0_1
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000006
在上述DCI format 0_1中包括了比特位数通过RRC信令配置的字段,例如,载波指示位、带宽部分指示、时域资源分配位等等。The above DCI format 0_1 includes fields configured by RRC signaling, such as carrier indicator bits, bandwidth part indicators, time domain resource allocation bits, and so on.
表三 DCI format 1_0Table 3 DCI format 1_0
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000007
上述DCI format 1_0为采用C-RNTI加扰且FDRA域不是全为1的情况下的DCI格式,或采用CS-RNTI加扰的DCI格式。在该DCI format 1_0中,除了FDRA域之外,其余的域的长度都是固定的,不需要通过RRC信令配置,因此,DCI format 0_1的有效载荷大小仅与FDRA域有关,可以理解为DCI format 0_1的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000008
的取值有关。
The aforementioned DCI format 1_0 is a DCI format when C-RNTI is used for scrambling and the FDRA field is not all 1s, or a DCI format is used for CS-RNTI scrambling. In the DCI format 1_0, except for the FDRA field, the length of the remaining fields are all fixed and do not need to be configured through RRC signaling. Therefore, the payload size of the DCI format 0_1 is only related to the FDRA field and can be understood as DCI The FDRA domain of format 0_1 is only
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000008
The value of is related.
表四 DCI format 1_1Table 4 DCI format 1_1
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000010
在上述DCI format 1_1中,除了FDRA域之外,还有很多域的长度都不是固定的,需要通过RRC信令配置,例如,载波指示位、带宽部分指示、时域资源分配位等等。因此,DCI format_1的有效载荷大小不仅仅与
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000011
的取值有关,是灵活可变的。
In the aforementioned DCI format 1_1, in addition to the FDRA field, there are many fields that are not fixed in length and need to be configured through RRC signaling, for example, carrier indicator bits, bandwidth part indicators, time domain resource allocation bits, and so on. Therefore, the payload size of DCI format_1 is not only
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000011
The value of is related and is flexible and variable.
应理解,上述4个DCI格式用于调度PDSCH和PUSCH,其中,DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1通常承载于USS中,DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0可以为CSS也可以为USS。此外还有用于指示其他系统信息的DCI,通常承载于CSS中。It should be understood that the above four DCI formats are used to schedule PDSCH and PUSCH. Among them, DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 are usually carried in USS, and DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 can be CSS or USS. In addition, there is DCI for indicating other system information, which is usually carried in the CSS.
7、DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量。7. The number of payload sizes in the DCI format.
DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量需要同时满足下列两个判断条件,即:The number of payload sizes in the DCI format needs to meet the following two judgment conditions at the same time, namely:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过4个;(1) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过3个。(2) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed three.
表五和表六分别示出了不同场景下的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000013
的取值。
Table 5 and Table 6 respectively show the different scenarios
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000012
with
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000013
The value of.
表五 DCI format 0_0Table 5 DCI format 0_0
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000014
表六 DCI format 1_0Table 6 DCI format 1_0
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000015
具体地,对于DCI format 0_0,在CSS中,FDRA域中的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000016
采用initial UL BWP包括的RB数,在USS中,若满足DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量门限,FDRA域中的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000017
采用active UL BWP计算,若不满足DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量门限,FDRA域中的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000018
采用initial UL BWP计算。对于DCI format 0_1,在CSS中,FDRA域中的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000019
采用initial DL BWP计算,在USS中,若满足DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量门限,FDRA域中的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000020
采用active DL BWP计算,若不满足DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量门限,FDRA域中的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000021
采用initial DL BWP计算。
Specifically, for DCI format 0_0, in CSS, the FDRA domain
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000016
Using the number of RBs included in the initial UL BWP, in the USS, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is met, the value in the FDRA domain
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000017
Using active UL BWP calculation, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is not met, the value in the FDRA domain
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000018
Use initial UL BWP calculation. For DCI format 0_1, in CSS, the FDRA field
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000019
Using the initial DL BWP calculation, in the USS, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is met, the value in the FDRA domain
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000020
Using active DL BWP calculation, if the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format is not met, the value in the FDRA domain
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000021
Calculate using initial DL BWP.
由于网络设备在1个时隙内还可能给终端设备发送其他格式的DCI,例如,C-RNTI加扰CRC的DCI format 0_1、C-RNTI加扰CRC的DCI format 1_1、SFI-RNTI加扰CRC的DCI format 2_0用于指示帧结构、INT-RNTI加扰CRC的DCI format 2_1用于指示数据被抢占的信息等。为了避免终端设备在1个时隙内的盲检复杂度过高,网络设备和终端设备需要根据DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量门限,分别对齐CSS和USS中DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的有效载荷大小。Since the network device may also send DCI in other formats to the terminal device in one time slot, for example, C-RNTI scrambled CRC DCI format 0_1, C-RNTI scrambled CRC DCI format 1_1, SFI-RNTI scrambled CRC The DCI format 2_0 is used to indicate the frame structure, and the DCI format 2_1 of the INT-RNTI scrambled CRC is used to indicate information such as data preemption. In order to avoid the high complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment in 1 time slot, network equipment and terminal equipment need to align the validity of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS according to the number threshold of the payload size of the DCI format. The size of the load.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在1个时隙内,网络设备要给终端设备发送有效载荷大小互不相同的2个DCI,分别为C-RNTI加扰CRC的DCI format 0_1和C-RNTI加扰CRC的DCI format 1_1。此时,由于其他格式的DCI占用了一部分DCI格式的有效载荷大小的数量,可以发送C-RNTI加扰的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小的DCI的有效载荷大小的数量还剩2个,而发送不同有效载荷大小DCI的有效载荷大小的数量只剩1个,因为两个条件要同时满足,所以DCI有效载荷大小的数量还剩1个。如果要在CSS和USS中发送DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0,就需要通过对齐规则使得这两种不同的有效载荷大小的DCI格式对齐为一种DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐方式。In a possible implementation manner, in one time slot, the network device needs to send two DCIs with different payload sizes to the terminal device, which are DCI format 0_1 and C-RNTI of C-RNTI scrambled CRC. The DCI format 1_1 of scrambled CRC. At this time, since the DCI of other formats occupies a part of the payload size of the DCI format, the number of the payload size of the DCI scrambled by the C-RNTI of different DCI formats can be sent, and the number of the payload size of the DCI is still 2. The number of DCI payload sizes of different payload sizes is only one, because two conditions must be met at the same time, so there is one DCI payload size. If the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are to be sent in CSS and USS, alignment rules need to be used to align the two DCI formats with different payload sizes into a DCI format payload size alignment method.
由于存在多种不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式,在网络设备发送DCI和终端设备接收DCI的过程中,可能需要对不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小以某一个DCI格式的有效载荷大小为基准执行填(padding)0或截断(truncation)操作直到其与基准的DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐,使得DCI格式的有效载荷大小能够对齐,减少不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式的个数,从而降低终端设备对DCI的盲检复杂度。Since there are multiple DCI formats with different payload sizes, in the process of network equipment sending DCI and terminal equipment receiving DCI, it may be necessary to set the payload size of DCI formats with different payload sizes to the payload size of a certain DCI format. The benchmark performs padding 0 or truncation until it is aligned with the payload size of the benchmark DCI format, so that the payload size of the DCI format can be aligned, reducing the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes, thereby reducing The complexity of blind detection of DCI by terminal equipment.
8、DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐。8. The payload size of the DCI format is aligned.
步骤一:根据初始UL BWP所包括的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000022
确定DCI format 0_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小,根据CORESET 0或者初始DL BWP所包括的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000023
确定DCI format 1_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小,也就是说,DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0中的其他字段的比特位数是预先确定的,而频域资源指示字段可以通过信令配置其比特位 数。若DCI format 0_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小小于DCI format 1_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小,则DCI format 0_0中填0;若DCI format 0_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小大于DCI format 1_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小,则以DCI format 1_0为基准,将DCI format 0_0中的部分比特位截断,截断的位置是频域资源分配字段中的某些位,即DCI format 0_0按照DCI format 1_0拉齐有效载荷大小。
Step 1: According to the initial UL BWP included
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000022
Determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in CSS, according to CORESET 0 or the initial DL BWP included
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000023
Determine the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS, that is, the bits of other fields in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are predetermined, and the frequency domain resource indication field can be configured through signaling. number. If the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the CSS is smaller than the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS, then 0 is filled in DCI format 0_0; if the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the CSS is greater than that of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS The payload size is based on DCI format 1_0, and some bits in DCI format 0_0 are truncated. The truncated position is some bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field, that is, DCI format 0_0 aligns the payload according to DCI format 1_0 size.
应理解,本申请实施例中所涉及的DCI有效载荷大小可以称为DCI size或者DCI payload size。具体地,DCI有效载荷大小理解为DCI的比特位数,而DCI的比特位数是指终端设备侧需要进行盲检的整个DCI的比特位数。应理解,被执行截断或者被执行填零之后的DCI的比特位数等于DCI信息比特数被截断后剩余比特数或DCI信息比特数加上补充的零比特个数。若对DCI执行了截断操作,DCI的比特位数即等于DCI信息比特数被截断后剩余比特数,若对DCI执行了补零操作,DCI的比特位数即等于DCI信息比特数加上补充的零比特个数。It should be understood that the DCI payload size involved in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to as DCI size or DCI payload size. Specifically, the DCI payload size is understood as the number of bits of the DCI, and the number of bits of the DCI refers to the number of bits of the entire DCI that needs to be blindly checked on the terminal device side. It should be understood that the number of bits of the DCI after truncation or zero-filling is performed is equal to the number of remaining bits after the number of DCI information bits is truncated or the number of DCI information bits plus the number of complementary zero bits. If the DCI is truncated, the number of DCI bits is equal to the number of bits remaining after the number of DCI information bits is truncated. If the DCI is zero-filled, the number of bits of DCI is equal to the number of DCI information bits plus the supplement The number of zero bits.
步骤二:根据当前载波上激活的UL BWP所包括的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000024
确定DCI format0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小,根据当前载波上激活的DL BWP所包括的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000025
确定DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小。若DCI format 0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小小于DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小,则DCI format 0_0中填0;若DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小小于DCI format 0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小,则DCI format 1_0中填0。即在USS中的有效载荷大小小的DCI format按照在USS中的有效载荷大小大的DCI format填0。其中,DCI format 0_0中的上行增强载波指示字段(UL/SUL indicator)位于填零的比特位之后,仅当终端设备配置了上行增强的载波,且DCI format 1_0在被执行填零操作之前的比特位数大于DCI format 0_0在被执行填零操作之前的比特位数时,该字段为1比特,否则为0比特。
Step 2: According to the UL BWP that is activated on the current carrier
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000024
Determine the payload size of DCI format0_0 in the USS, based on the DL BWP that is activated on the current carrier
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000025
Determine the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS. If the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is less than the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS, then 0 is filled in DCI format 0_0; if the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS is smaller than that of DCI format 0_0 in the USS For the payload size, 0 is filled in DCI format 1_0. That is, the DCI format with a small payload size in the USS is filled with 0 according to the DCI format with a large payload size in the USS. Among them, the uplink enhanced carrier indicator field (UL/SUL indicator) in DCI format 0_0 is located after the zero-filled bits, only when the terminal device is configured with an uplink enhanced carrier, and the bits of DCI format 1_0 before the zero-filling operation is performed When the number of bits is greater than the number of bits in DCI format 0_0 before the zero-filling operation is performed, this field is 1 bit, otherwise it is 0 bits.
步骤三:若DCI format 0_1在USS中的有效载荷大小与DCI format 0_0或者DCI format1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小相同,则DCI format 0_1的末尾补一位;若DCI format 1_1在USS中的有效载荷大小与DCI format 0_0或者DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小相同则DCI format 1_1末尾补一位。Step 3: If the payload size of DCI format 0_1 in the USS is the same as the payload size of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 in the USS, add one digit at the end of DCI format 0_1; if DCI format 1_1 is the payload size of USS If the size is the same as the payload size of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 in the USS, then DCI format 1_1 will be supplemented by one digit at the end.
步骤四:若如下条件满足,则完成有效载荷大小拉齐操作:Step 4: If the following conditions are met, complete the payload size alignment operation:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过4个;(1) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过3个。(2) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed three.
否则,进一步操作:Otherwise, further operations:
步骤五:Step Five:
去掉步骤三中在USS中的DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1中补的一位0。Remove the bit 0 in the DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 in the USS in step 3.
根据CORESET 0或者初始DL BWP所包括的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000026
重新确定DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小;
According to CORESET 0 or included in the initial DL BWP
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000026
Re-determine the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS;
根据初始UL BWP所包括的
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000027
确定DCI format 0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小;
According to the initial UL BWP included
Figure PCTCN2020106513-appb-000027
Determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS;
若DCI format 0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小小于DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载 荷大小,则DCI format 0_0中填0;若DCI format 0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小大于DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小,则DCI format 0_0中截断部分频域资源分配字段的比特。If the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is smaller than the payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS, then 0 is filled in DCI format 0_0; if the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is greater than that of DCI format 1_0 in the USS The size of the payload, the bits of the frequency domain resource allocation field in the DCI format 0_0 are truncated.
经过上述步骤之后,UE不期望发生下述情况:After the above steps, the UE does not expect the following situations to occur:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小超过4个;(1) The payload size of different DCI formats that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier exceeds 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小超过3个。(2) The payload size of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier exceeds three.
(3)DCI format 0_0在USS中的有效载荷大小和format 0_1在USS中的有效载荷大小相同;(3) The payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS is the same as the payload size of format 0_1 in the USS;
(4)DCI format 1_0在USS中的有效载荷大小和format 1_1在USS中的有效载荷大小相同。(4) The payload size of DCI format 1_0 in the USS is the same as the payload size of format 1_1 in the USS.
但是,上述DCI有效载荷大小对齐的方法应用在CoMP场景下,则会导致如下现象:However, the above DCI payload size alignment method is applied in the CoMP scenario, which will cause the following phenomena:
步骤一中,初始DL/UL BWP或者CORESET 0包括的RB数是每个TRP独立配置的,这样会导致每个TRP的DCI format 0_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小不一致,DCI format 1_0在CSS中的有效载荷大小不一致。则经过步骤一操作后,可能会存在不同的TRP对应不同的DCI有效载荷大小。In step 1, the number of RBs included in the initial DL/UL BWP or CORESET 0 is independently configured for each TRP. This will cause the DCI format 0_0 of each TRP to be inconsistent in the CSS, and the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS The payload size is inconsistent. After step one operation, there may be different TRPs corresponding to different DCI payload sizes.
例如,CoMP场景下包括两个TRP(TRP#1和TRP#2),TRP#1和TRP#2分别在CSS中向终端设备发送DCI format 0_0#1和DCI format 0_0#2,以及分别在CSS中向终端设备发送DCI format 1_0#1和DCI format 1_0#2,经过上述的步骤一对齐之后,DCI format 0_0#1有效载荷大小等于DCI format 1_0#1、DCI format 0_0#2有效载荷大小等于DCI format1_0#2,若是DCI format 1_0#1和DCI format 1_0#2有效载荷大小不相等,则TRP#1和TRP#2分别发送有效载荷大小不等的DCI format 1_0#1(DCI format 0_0#1)和DCI format1_0#2(DCI format 0_0#2),对于终端设备来说盲检的DCI有效载荷大小类型种类还是较多。For example, in the CoMP scenario, there are two TRPs (TRP#1 and TRP#2). TRP#1 and TRP#2 respectively send DCI format 0_0#1 and DCI format 0_0#2 in the CSS to the terminal device, and respectively in the CSS Send DCI format 1_0#1 and DCI format 1_0#2 to the terminal device. After the above steps are aligned, the DCI format 0_0#1 payload size is equal to DCI format 1_0#1, DCI format 0_0#2 The payload size is equal to DCI format1_0#2, if it is DCI format 1_0#1 and DCI format 1_0#2 payload size is not equal, TRP#1 and TRP#2 send DCI with different payload size format 1_0#1(DCI format 0_0#1) And DCI format1_0#2 (DCI format 0_0#2), for the terminal device, there are still many types of DCI payload sizes for blind detection.
步骤三中,单TRP传输中可能会出现2个DCI有效载荷大小(1个DCI format 0_1在USS中的有效载荷大小,1个DCI format 1_1在USS中的有效载荷大小),而多TRP传输中可能会出现4个DCI有效载荷大小。(2个DCI format 0_1在USS中的有效载荷大小,2个DCI format 1_1在USS中的有效载荷大小)In step three, two DCI payload sizes may appear in single TRP transmission (1 DCI format 0_1 in the USS payload size, 1 DCI format 1_1 in the USS payload size), while in multiple TRP transmission There may be 4 DCI payload sizes. (The payload size of 2 DCI format 0_1 in USS, and the payload size of 2 DCI format 1_1 in USS)
经过上述步骤,多TRP传输中更容易超过DCI有效载荷大小数量门限值,则会执行步骤五。注意到步骤五中,目前协议规定的对齐不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式为通过对齐在USS中的DCI format 0_0和在CSS中的DCI format 0_0的频域资源指示字段,以及对齐在USS中的DCI format 1_0和在CSS中的DCI format 1_0的频域资源指示字段,使得USS中的DCI format 0_0和CSS中的DCI format 0_0的比特位数相同,USS中的DCI format1_0和CSS中的DCI format 1_0的比特位数相同。在多TRP传输中,会约定两个TRP的传输均在相同的激活BWP上,意味着,两个TRP的USS中的DCI format 0_0的比特位数相同,且两个TRP的USS中的DCI format 1_0的比特位数相同,则进一步执行步骤五对于减小DCI格式的有效载荷大小数量没有帮助。After the above steps, it is easier to exceed the DCI payload size threshold in multi-TRP transmission, and step 5 will be executed. Note that in step 5, the current protocol specifies the DCI format for aligning different payload sizes by aligning the DCI format 0_0 in the USS and the DCI format 0_0 in the CSS frequency domain resource indication field, as well as the DCI aligned in the USS. The frequency domain resource indicator field of format 1_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the CSS makes the DCI format 0_0 in the USS the same as the DCI format 0_0 in the CSS. The DCI format 1_0 in the USS and the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS are the same. The number of bits is the same. In multi-TRP transmission, it is agreed that the transmissions of two TRPs are on the same activated BWP, which means that the DCI format of the USS of the two TRPs has the same number of bits, and the DCI format of the USS of the two TRPs If the number of bits of 1_0 is the same, further execution of step 5 will not help reduce the number of payload sizes in the DCI format.
综上,当前DCI格式对齐的操作对于多TRP传输场景下不再适用。In summary, the current DCI format alignment operation is no longer applicable in the multi-TRP transmission scenario.
本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法能够应用在CoMP场景下。通过对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied in a CoMP scenario. By aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points, the complexity of the blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario can be reduced.
此外,为了便于理解本申请实施例,做出以下几点说明。In addition, in order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following descriptions are made.
第一,在本申请中,“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。First, in this application, "used to indicate" can include both direct indication and indirect indication. When describing a certain indication information for indicating A, the indication information may directly indicate A or indirectly indicate A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
将指示信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时,还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示,以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。此外,具体的指示方式还可以是现有各种指示方式,例如但不限于,上述指示方式及其各种组合等。各种指示方式的具体细节可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。由上文所述可知,举例来说,当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时,可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中,可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式,本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定,如此一来,本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。The information indicated by the instruction information is called the information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated or the information to be indicated. Indicates the index of the information, etc. The information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, and other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to realize the indication of specific information by means of the pre-arranged order (for example, stipulated in the agreement) of various information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, it can also identify the common parts of each information and give unified instructions, so as to reduce the instruction overhead caused by separately indicating the same information. In addition, the specific indication manner may also be various existing indication manners, such as, but not limited to, the foregoing indication manner and various combinations thereof. The specific details of the various indication modes can be referred to the prior art, which will not be repeated here. It can be seen from the above that, for example, when multiple pieces of information of the same type need to be indicated, a situation where different information is indicated in different ways may occur. In the specific implementation process, the required instruction method can be selected according to specific needs. The embodiment of the application does not limit the selected instruction method. As a result, the instruction method involved in the embodiment of the application should be understood as covering the instructions to be Various methods for obtaining information to be indicated.
待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送,也可以分成多个子信息分开发送,而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同,也可以不同。具体发送方法本申请不进行限定。其中,这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的,例如根据协议预先定义的,也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中,该配置信息可以例如但不限于包括无线资源控制信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层信令和物理层信令中的一种或者至少两种的组合。其中,无线资源控制信令例如RRC层信令;MAC层信令例如包括MAC控制元素(control element,CE);物理层信令例如DCI。The information to be instructed can be sent together as a whole, or divided into multiple sub-information to be sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different. The specific sending method is not limited in this application. The sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to a protocol, or configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device. Wherein, the configuration information may include, for example but not limited to, one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling, and physical layer signaling. Among them, radio resource control signaling, for example, RRC layer signaling; MAC layer signaling, for example, includes MAC control element (CE); physical layer signaling, such as DCI.
第二,在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的预设对应关系等。Second, in the embodiments shown below, the first, second, and various numerical numbers are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It should be understood that the data used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than those illustrated or described herein. It is not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different preset correspondences, etc.
第三,在下文示出的实施例中,“预设的”可包括由网络设备信令指示或者预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Third, in the embodiments shown below, "preset" may include a network device signaling instruction or pre-defined, for example, protocol definition. Among them, "pre-defined" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). This application does not make any specific implementation methods. limited.
第四,本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”,可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器,可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器,也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码 器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。Fourth, the "saving" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to storing in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device. The type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第五,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
第六,本申请实施例中涉及的传输下行控制信息相关描述,如无特殊说明,对于终端设备,是指接收下行控制信息,对于网络设备,是指发送下行控制信息。Sixth, the description of the transmission of downlink control information involved in the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, for terminal equipment, refers to receiving downlink control information, and for network equipment, refers to sending downlink control information.
第七,本申请实施中涉及的调度下行传输,指的是网络设备为终端设备调度下行数据,相应的,网络设备根据调度命令发送下行数据,终端设备接收该调度的下行数据。本申请实施中涉及的调度上行传输,指的是网络设备为终端设备调度上行数据,相应的,终端设备根据该调度命令发送上行数据,网络设备接收该调度的上行数据。Seventh, scheduling downlink transmission involved in the implementation of this application refers to a network device scheduling downlink data for a terminal device. Correspondingly, the network device sends downlink data according to the scheduling command, and the terminal device receives the scheduled downlink data. Scheduling uplink transmission involved in the implementation of this application refers to a network device scheduling uplink data for a terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device sends uplink data according to the scheduling command, and the network device receives the scheduled uplink data.
上文结合图1简单介绍了本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法能够应用的场景,并且简单介绍了本申请实施例涉及到的基本概念。下面将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法。The foregoing briefly introduced the method for receiving DCI and the application scenarios of the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiment of the present application in conjunction with FIG. 1, and briefly introduced the basic concepts involved in the embodiment of the present application. The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于通过多天线技术通信的系统,例如,图1中所示的通信系统。该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端设备。网络设备和终端设备之间可通过多天线技术通信。It should be understood that the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a system that communicates through a multi-antenna technology, for example, the communication system shown in FIG. 1. The communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device. Multi-antenna technology can be used to communicate between network equipment and terminal equipment.
还应理解,下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。It should also be understood that the embodiments shown below do not particularly limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be run according to the present application. The method provided in the application embodiment only needs to communicate. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
以下,不失一般性,以网络设备与终端设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法。Hereinafter, without loss of generality, the interaction between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example to describe in detail the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法示意性流程图。该流程图中执行主体包括网络设备和终端设备。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application. The execution subject in this flowchart includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
该接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法包括以下步骤。The method for receiving DCI and the method for transmitting DCI include the following steps.
S310,终端设备接收第一配置信息。S310: The terminal device receives first configuration information.
该第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;The first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
S320,终端设备接收第二配置信息。S320: The terminal device receives second configuration information.
该第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format.
其中,第一配置信息和第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组或者CORESET组编号。Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET group or CORESET group number.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于终端设备接收到上述的第一配置信息和第二配置信息的先后顺序并不限制,可以是终端设备接收到上述的第一配置信息之后,再接收到上述的第二配置信息、还可以是终端设备接收到上述的第一配置信息之前,已经接收到上述的第二配置信息、可以是终端设备同时接收到上述的第一配置信息和第二配置信息。进一步的,第一配置信息和第二配置信息可以在一个消息中携带,也可以在不同消息中携带,本申请对此不作限制。It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the sequence in which the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first configuration information and the second configuration information is not limited. It may be that the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first configuration information after receiving the above-mentioned first configuration information. The second configuration information may also be that the terminal device has received the foregoing second configuration information before receiving the foregoing first configuration information, or it may be that the terminal device has received the foregoing first configuration information and second configuration information at the same time. Further, the first configuration information and the second configuration information may be carried in one message or in different messages, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,图3中所示的终端设备与两个网络设备(第一网络设备和第二网络设备)通 过无线空口进行通信。其中,终端设备从第一网络设备接收到上述的第一配置信息、从第二网络设备接收到上述的第二配置信息。具体地,图3中第一网络设备和第二网络设备均可以表示为网络设备。Optionally, the terminal device shown in Fig. 3 communicates with two network devices (the first network device and the second network device) through a wireless air interface. The terminal device receives the aforementioned first configuration information from the first network device and the aforementioned second configuration information from the second network device. Specifically, both the first network device and the second network device in FIG. 3 can be represented as network devices.
还可以理解为不同网络设备对应不同的CORESET组,第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别为终端设备配置第一CORESET组和第二CORESET组。It can also be understood that different network devices correspond to different CORESET groups, and the first network device and the second network device respectively configure the first CORESET group and the second CORESET group for the terminal device.
可选地,图3中所示的终端设备与两个传输点通信。其中,终端设备从第一传输点接收到上述的第一配置信息、从第二传输点接收到上述的第二配置信息。具体地,图4中第一传输点和第二传输点可以同属于一个网络设备。Optionally, the terminal device shown in Figure 3 communicates with two transmission points. The terminal device receives the aforementioned first configuration information from the first transmission point, and receives the aforementioned second configuration information from the second transmission point. Specifically, the first transmission point and the second transmission point in FIG. 4 may belong to the same network device.
可选地,终端设备还可以从同一个传输点接收上述第一配置信息和第二配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一传输点发送的DCI中各个字段的配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置第二传输点发送的DCI中各个字段的配置信息。Optionally, the terminal device may also receive the foregoing first configuration information and second configuration information from the same transmission point. The first configuration information is used to configure the configuration information of each field in the DCI sent by the first transmission point. The configuration information is used to configure the configuration information of each field in the DCI sent by the second transmission point.
下文中,以两个传输点或者两个CORESET组各自对应的DCI为例说明本申请实施例中,如何使得两个传输点或者两个CORESET组各自对应的DCI格式的有效载荷大小中的全部或者部分DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。其中,第一CORESET组为第一TRP配置的CORESET组或与第一TRP关联的CORESET组;第二CORESET组为第二TRP配置的CORESET组或与第二TRP关联的CORESET组。In the following, the DCI corresponding to two transmission points or two CORESET groups is taken as an example to illustrate how to make all or all of the payload sizes of the DCI format corresponding to the two transmission points or two CORESET groups in the embodiment of this application Some DCI formats have the same payload size. The first CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the first TRP or the CORESET group associated with the first TRP; the second CORESET group is the CORESET group configured by the second TRP or the CORESET group associated with the second TRP.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于终端设备接收到多个CORESET组分别对应的多个配置信息的个数并不限制,以两个CORESET组为例进行说明,两个以上CORESET组的情况下与两个CORESET组的情况类似,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the number of multiple configuration information corresponding to multiple CORESET groups received by the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is not limited. Two CORESET groups are taken as an example for illustration. The situation of the two CORESET groups is similar, so I won't repeat them here.
具体地,终端设备接收到上述的第一配置信息之后,确定第一CORESET组上检测的DCI为第一DCI,即能够基于第一配置信息获知第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小。该第一配置信息可以由网络设备通过高层信令发送给终端侧设备。接着,该终端设备就可以在该第一配置信息对应的一个或者多个候选PDCCH中检测网络设备发送的DCI。在一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备采用第一配置信息指示的DCI格式所对应的比特位数和相应RNTI在第一CORESET组上执行DCI检测,对于检测到的DCI进一步根据第一配置信息指示的DCI格式解析出该DCI中各个字段的信息,也能确定该DCI的有效载荷大小。同理,终端设备接收到上述的第二配置信息之后,能够基于第二配置信息解析出该第二DCI中各个字段的信息,也能确定该第二DCI的有效载荷大小。Specifically, after receiving the above-mentioned first configuration information, the terminal device determines that the DCI detected on the first CORESET group is the first DCI, that is, it can learn the payload size of the first DCI format based on the first configuration information. The first configuration information may be sent by the network device to the terminal side device through high-level signaling. Then, the terminal device can detect the DCI sent by the network device in one or more candidate PDCCHs corresponding to the first configuration information. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device uses the number of bits corresponding to the DCI format indicated by the first configuration information and the corresponding RNTI to perform DCI detection on the first CORESET group, and the detected DCI is further based on the first configuration The DCI format indicated by the information parses out the information of each field in the DCI, and can also determine the payload size of the DCI. In the same way, after receiving the above-mentioned second configuration information, the terminal device can parse out the information of each field in the second DCI based on the second configuration information, and can also determine the payload size of the second DCI.
S330,终端设备对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小。S330: The terminal device aligns the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format.
本实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,通过对齐不同的传输点下发的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this embodiment can reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by the terminal device in the CoMP scenario by aligning the payload size of the DCI format issued by different transmission points.
应理解,本申请实施例中所涉及的“对齐”指的是将两个有效载荷大小不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小通过填零或者截断的方式,使得两个有效载荷大小不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。其中,DCI格式的有效载荷大小也可以理解为DCI格式的比特位。It should be understood that the “alignment” involved in the embodiments of the present application refers to zero-filling or truncation of the payload sizes of two DCI formats with different payload sizes, so that the two DCI formats with different payload sizes are The payload size is the same. Among them, the payload size of the DCI format can also be understood as the bits of the DCI format.
一种可能的实现方式,根据第一配置信息确定第一DCI格式的比特位数,并根据第二配置信息确定第二DCI格式的比特位数,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数;In a possible implementation manner, the number of bits in the first DCI format is determined according to the first configuration information, and the number of bits in the second DCI format is determined according to the second configuration information, when the payload size of the first DCI format is less than For the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the first DCI format until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format;
另一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格 式的有效载荷大小,确定第二DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第二DCI格式中填零直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;In another possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the number of bits in the second DCI format, and fill in the second DCI format Zero until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format;
又一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第二DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第二DCI格式中截断直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;In another possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, the number of bits in the second DCI format is determined, and truncated in the second DCI format Until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format;
又一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第一DCI格式中截断直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数。In yet another possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, the number of bits in the first DCI format is determined and truncated in the first DCI format Until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format.
本申请实施例中提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,通过填0或截断不同DCI的格式,使得不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。In the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application, the DCI formats with different payload sizes have the same payload size by filling in 0 or truncating different DCI formats.
下面,以上述第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式为特定搜索空间USS或公共搜索空间CSS中的用于调度下行传输或用于调度上行传输的DCI为例进行说明,如何实现上述S330中的对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Hereinafter, taking the first DCI format and the second DCI format as the DCI used for scheduling downlink transmission or for scheduling uplink transmission in the specific search space USS or the common search space CSS as an example, how to achieve the alignment in S330 The payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format.
步骤一:step one:
根据第一配置信息确定配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式属于第一DCI格式;根据第二配置信息确定配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式属于第二DCI格式。所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式为用于调度下行传输的增强DCI格式,所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式为用于调度上行传输的增强DCI格式。Determine the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS according to the first configuration information, it can be understood that the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format belong to the first DCI format ; Determine the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS according to the second configuration information, it can be understood that the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format belong to the second DCI format. The third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are enhanced DCI formats for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are enhanced DCI formats for scheduling uplink transmission.
可选地,第三、四、五、六DCI格式是增强的DCI格式,即DCI格式中可以包括下列字段中的一个或多个:可配置比特位数的BWP指示字段,用于指示当前载波内激活的BWP;可配置比特位数的时域资源位置指示字段,用于指示PDSCH占用的时域资源位置;可配置比特位数的PRB捆绑大小指示字段,用于指示PDSCH中采用相同预编码的频域资源粒度;可配置比特位数的速率匹配资源指示字段,用于指示PDSCH对应的速率匹配资源;可配置比特位数的零功率CSI-RS触发字段,用于触发一个零功率CSI-RS资源集合;TB2的调制编码方案、新数据指示、冗余版本指示字段,用于指示第二个TB的传输方案;可配置比特位数的PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈时序指示字段,用于指示承载PDSCH反馈信息的时域资源;可配置比特位数的传输配置指示字段,用于指示接收PDSCH和相应DMRS的QCL假设;可配置比特位数的SRS触发字段,用于触发SRS资源集合;可配置比特位数的预编码信息和层数指示字段,用于指示数据传输占用的端口数和预编码信息;可配置比特位数的CSI请求触发指示字段,用于触发CSI上报;可配置比特位数的DMRS序列初始化指示字段,用于指示DMRS序列的初始化值。Optionally, the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats are enhanced DCI formats, that is, the DCI format may include one or more of the following fields: a BWP indicator field with configurable bits to indicate the current carrier Internally activated BWP; time domain resource location indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by PDSCH; PRB bundling size indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate the same precoding in PDSCH The frequency domain resource granularity; the rate matching resource indicator field with configurable bits is used to indicate the rate matching resource corresponding to the PDSCH; the zero-power CSI-RS trigger field with configurable bits is used to trigger a zero-power CSI- RS resource set; TB2 modulation and coding scheme, new data indication, redundancy version indication field, used to indicate the transmission scheme of the second TB; PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing indication field with configurable bits, used to indicate The time domain resource that carries PDSCH feedback information; the transmission configuration indication field with configurable bits is used to indicate the QCL hypothesis for receiving PDSCH and corresponding DMRS; the SRS trigger field with configurable bits is used to trigger the SRS resource set; Configure the bit number of precoding information and layer number indication field, used to indicate the number of ports and precoding information occupied by data transmission; CSI request trigger indication field with configurable bit number, used to trigger CSI reporting; configurable bit The DMRS sequence initialization indication field is used to indicate the initialization value of the DMRS sequence.
可选地,采用第三、四、五、六、七、八、九、十DCI格式的DCI的扰码是UE特定的RRC信令配置的。Optionally, the scrambling code of the DCI in the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI format is configured by UE-specific RRC signaling.
上述的对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:The foregoing alignment of the payload size of the first DCI format and the payload size of the second DCI format includes:
对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或,Align the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or,
对齐第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Align the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format.
具体地,对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Specifically, aligning the payload size of the third DCI format with the payload size of the fifth DCI format includes:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第五DCI格式中填零直到第五DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第五DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the fifth DCI format until the fifth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fifth DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第三DCI格式中填零直到第三DCI格式的比特位数等于第五DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第三DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the third DCI format until the third The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the third DCI format.
例如,第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特,第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,在第三DCI格式中填1位0,以使得第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特。本申请实施例中对于如何在DCI格式中填0并不限制,可以参考目前协议TS 38.212中规定的在DCI格式中填0的方案。For example, the payload size of the third DCI format is 10 bits, the payload size of the fifth DCI format is 11 bits, and 1 bit 0 is filled in the third DCI format, so that the payload size of the third DCI format is 11 bits . In the embodiment of this application, there is no restriction on how to fill 0 in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution of filling 0 in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212.
应理解,本申请实施例中为了对齐不同的有效载荷大小的DCI格式,在DCI格式中填0只是一种举例,还可以是在DCI格式中填1。It should be understood that, in order to align the DCI formats of different payload sizes in the embodiments of the present application, filling 0 in the DCI format is just an example, and 1 may also be filled in the DCI format.
可选地,在DCI格式中填0可以是在根据相应配置信息确定的DCI格式的比特位的末尾添加n位比特且添加的n位比特全部置0。Optionally, filling 0 in the DCI format may mean adding n bits to the end of the bits of the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information and setting all the added n bits to 0.
可选地,在DCI格式中填0还可以是在根据相应配置信息确定的DCI格式中某一个特定字段的末尾添加n位比特且增加的n位比特全部置0。Optionally, filling 0 in the DCI format can also mean adding n bits to the end of a certain field in the DCI format determined according to the corresponding configuration information and setting all the added n bits to 0.
还例如,第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特,在第五DCI格式中填1位0,以使得第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特。For another example, the payload size of the third DCI format is 11 bits, the payload size of the fifth DCI format is 10 bits, and 1 bit 0 is filled in the fifth DCI format, so that the payload size of the fifth DCI format is 11 Bits.
可以理解为,上述对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小为对齐了两个不同CORESET组分别对应的用户特定搜索空间中用于调度下行传输的DCI格式。It can be understood that the aforementioned alignment of the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fifth DCI format is the alignment of the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the user-specific search spaces corresponding to two different CORESET groups.
具体地,对齐第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第六DCI格式中填零,直到第六DCI格式的比特位数等于第四DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第六DCI格式的比特位数;Specifically, aligning the payload size of the fourth DCI format with the payload size of the sixth DCI format includes: when the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is larger than the payload size determined according to the second configuration information The payload size of the sixth DCI format is filled with zeros in the sixth DCI format until the number of bits in the sixth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourth DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is regarded as the sixth The number of bits in the DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第四DCI格式中填零,直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第六DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第四DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the fourth DCI format until the first The number of bits in the four DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fourth DCI format.
例如,第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特,第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,在第四DCI格式中填1位0,以使得第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特。For example, the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 10 bits, the payload size of the sixth DCI format is 11 bits, and 1 bit 0 is filled in the fourth DCI format, so that the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits .
还例如,第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特,在第六DCI格式中填1位0,以使得第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特。For another example, the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits, the payload size of the sixth DCI format is 10 bits, and 1 bit 0 is filled in the sixth DCI format, so that the payload size of the sixth DCI format is 11 Bits.
可以理解为,上述对齐第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小为对齐了不同CORESET组分别对应的用户特定搜索空间中用于调度上行传输的DCI 格式。It can be understood that the aforementioned alignment of the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format is the alignment of the DCI formats used for scheduling uplink transmission in the user-specific search spaces corresponding to different CORESET groups.
也就是说执行步骤一之后,可以将两个传输点(TRP#1和TRP#2)或者两个CORESET组分别对应的USS中用于调度上行传输的、增强的DCI格式对齐,和/或,两个传输点或者两个CORESET组分别对应的USS中的用于调度下行传输的、增强的DCI格式对齐。That is to say, after performing step 1, the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the USS corresponding to the two transmission points (TRP#1 and TRP#2) or the two CORESET groups can be aligned, and/or, Two transmission points or two CORESET groups respectively correspond to the enhanced DCI format alignment in the USS for scheduling downlink transmission.
应理解,执行S330并不一定包括步骤一,例如,当协议规定了上述的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,无需执行将两个传输点或者两个CORESET组分别对应的USS中的用于调度下行传输的、增强的DCI格式对齐;或者,It should be understood that performing S330 does not necessarily include step 1. For example, when the protocol specifies that the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, there is no need to perform the two transmission points or Alignment of the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission in the USS corresponding to the two CORESET groups; or,
当协议规定了上述的第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,无需执行将两个传输点或者两个CORESET组分别对应的USS中的用于调度上行传输的、增强的DCI格式对齐。When the protocol stipulates that the payload size of the fourth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, there is no need to perform the two transmission points or two CORESET groups corresponding to the USS for scheduling uplink The transmitted, enhanced DCI format alignment.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,在对齐特定搜索空间中不同的传输点或者两个CORESET组分别对应的USS中的用于调度上行传输的增强DCI格式,和/或,用于调度下行传输的增强DCI格式之前。还需要对齐特定搜索空间用于调度上行传输的基本DCI格式,和/或,用于调度下行传输的基本DCI格式。执行上述的步骤一之前本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行以下步骤二。Optionally, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are the enhanced DCI format used to schedule uplink transmission in the USS corresponding to different transmission points in a specific search space or two CORESET groups respectively. , And/or, before the enhanced DCI format used to schedule downlink transmission. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission. The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before performing the above step one also need to perform the following step two.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,在对齐特定搜索空间中不同的传输点的用于调度上行传输的增强DCI格式,和/或,用于调度下行传输的增强DCI格式之后。还需要对齐特定搜索空间用于调度上行传输的基本DCI格式,和/或,用于调度下行传输的基本DCI格式。执行上述的步骤一之后本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行以下步骤二。Optionally, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are used to align different transmission points in a specific search space with an enhanced DCI format for scheduling uplink transmission, and/or for scheduling downlink transmission After the enhanced DCI format. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission. The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application after performing the above step 1 also need to perform the following step 2.
应理解,该实施例中对于步骤一、步骤二的先后关系并不限制。It should be understood that the sequence of steps one and two is not limited in this embodiment.
步骤二:Step two:
根据第一配置信息确定配置于USS中的第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式属于第一DCI格式;根据第二配置信息确定配置于USS中的第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式属于第二DCI格式。所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式为用于调度下行传输的基本DCI格式,所述第七DCI格式和所述第九DCI格式为用于调度上行传输的基本DCI格式。Determine the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the eighth DCI format configured in the USS according to the first configuration information. It can be understood that the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format belong to the first DCI format; The configuration information determines the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format configured in the USS. It can be understood that the ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format belong to the second DCI format. The eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format are basic DCI formats for scheduling downlink transmission, and the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format are basic DCI formats for scheduling uplink transmission.
可选地,所述第七DCI式的有效载荷大小等于所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小,所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Optionally, the payload size of the seventh DCI format is equal to the payload size of the ninth DCI format, and the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
其中,所述第七DCI式的有效载荷大小和所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小如上述表一中所示的DCI格式的有效载荷大小仅与FDRA域和SUL指示域有关;第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小如上述表三中所示的DCI格式的有效载荷大小仅与FDRA域有关。Wherein, the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the payload size of the ninth DCI format are as shown in Table 1 above. The payload size of the DCI format is only related to the FDRA field and the SUL indicator field; the eighth DCI The payload size of the format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are as shown in Table 3 above. The payload size of the DCI format is only related to the FDRA domain.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即DCI格式中可以不包括上述第三、四、五、六DCI格式中包括的部分或者全部可配置的字段。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, the above-mentioned third, fourth, fifth, and fifth DCI formats may not be included in the DCI format. Six part or all of the configurable fields included in the DCI format.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第七、八、九、十DCI格式中可配置的字段有PDSCH的频域位置指示字段,该字段的比特位数根据当前载波内BWP包括的RB个数确定。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats The field has a frequency domain position indication field of the PDSCH, and the number of bits in this field is determined according to the number of RBs included in the BWP in the current carrier.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式相比于第三、四、五、六DCI格式而言是基本的DCI格式,即第七、八、九、十DCI格式中可配置的字段还有上行频带指示字段,该字段用于指示是否开启多个上行频带。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats are basic DCI formats compared to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth DCI formats, that is, configurable in the seventh, eighth, ninth, and ten DCI formats The field also has an uplink frequency band indication field, which is used to indicate whether to enable multiple uplink frequency bands.
可选的,当填零前的第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于填零前的第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则第七DCI格式中的上行频带指示字段的比特数为1,当填零前的第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于填零前的第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小,则第九DCI格式中的上行频带指示字段的比特数为1。Optionally, when the payload size of the eighth DCI format before zero-filling is greater than the payload size of the seventh DCI format before zero-filling, the number of bits in the uplink band indication field in the seventh DCI format is 1. The payload size of the tenth DCI format before zero is greater than the payload size of the ninth DCI format before zero filling, and the number of bits in the uplink frequency band indication field in the ninth DCI format is 1.
可选地,第七、八、九、十DCI格式可以用于RRC重配置阶段。Optionally, the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth DCI formats can be used in the RRC reconfiguration phase.
本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,对齐DCI格式的有效载荷大小,使得第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,包括以下几种可能:The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application align the payload size of the DCI format so that the payload size of the seventh, ninth, eighth, and tenth DCI formats are the same, Including the following possibilities:
可能一:Possibly one:
对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或,Align the payload size of the seventh DCI format with the payload size of the eighth DCI format, and/or,
对齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Align the payload size of the ninth DCI format with the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
由于第七DCI式的有效载荷大小等于第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小,第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,即对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或,对齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小可以理解为,使得第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小。Since the payload size of the seventh DCI format is equal to the payload size of the ninth DCI format, the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the tenth DCI format, that is, the payload size of the seventh DCI format is aligned with the eighth DCI format. The payload size of the DCI format, and/or the alignment of the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format can be understood as such that the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format and the first The payload size of the DCI format is equal to the first payload size.
应理解,上述第一有效载荷大小为第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最大的有效载荷大小。It should be understood that the foregoing first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
对齐第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Align the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format include:
当根据第一配置信息确定的第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于第一有效载荷大小,在第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size. As the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于第一有效载荷大小,在第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, after zero filling As the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于第一有效载荷大小,在第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size. As the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于第一有效载荷大小,在第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size. The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
可能二:Possibility two:
应理解,上述第一有效载荷大小为第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最小的有效载荷大小。It should be understood that the foregoing first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format.
对齐第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Align the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format include:
当根据第一配置信息确定的第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于第一有效载荷大小,在第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于第一有效载荷大小,在第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于第一有效载荷大小,在第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于第一有效载荷大小,在第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncated in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the truncated bits The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
可能三:Possibly three:
第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷。The payload size of the eighth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format are equal to the first payload.
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第七DCI格式和所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the first payload size:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第七DCI格式的比特位数,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the seventh DCI format The number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第七DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the seventh DCI The number of bits in the format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第九DCI格式的比特位数,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the ninth DCI format The number of bits in the ninth DCI format is the number of bits after truncation;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第九DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the ninth DCI The number of bits in the format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format.
可能四:Possible four:
对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,和/或,Align the payload size of the seventh DCI format with the payload size of the eighth DCI format, and/or,
对齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Align the payload size of the ninth DCI format with the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
上述第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同记为上述的第一有效载荷大小,则该终端设备采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于该第一有效载荷大小:The payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is the same as the first payload size, the terminal device uses at least one of the following methods to make the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format The payload size of the format is equal to the first payload size:
当根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
可能五:Possibly five:
终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最大的有效载荷大小:The terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where: The first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format:
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the ninth DCI format.
可能六:Possible six:
终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小 最大的有效载荷大小:The terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where: The first payload size is the payload size with the largest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format:
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
可能七:Possible seven:
终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最小的有效载荷大小:The terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where: The first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format:
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the ninth DCI format.
可能八:Possibly eight:
终端设备还可以采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第七DCI格式、该第九DCI格式、该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,其中,该第一有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小中有效载荷大小最小的有效载荷大小:The terminal device may also adopt at least one of the following ways to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the first payload size, where: The first payload size is the payload size with the smallest payload size among the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format:
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the first payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第一有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第一有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
应理解,执行S330并不一定包括步骤二,例如,步骤二的操作移至步骤五中执行,或者还例如,当协议规定了上述的第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时;和/或,It should be understood that execution of S330 does not necessarily include step 2. For example, the operation of step 2 is moved to step 5 for execution, or for example, when the protocol specifies the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format. When the payload size of is the same; and/or,
当协议规定了上述的第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,无需执行步骤二中的部分或全部对齐动作。When the protocol stipulates that the payload size of the ninth DCI format is the same as the payload size of the tenth DCI format, there is no need to perform some or all of the alignment actions in step 2.
进一步地,为了提高终端设备解调DCI的可靠性,可以使得USS中的增强的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小不等。Further, in order to improve the reliability of the DCI demodulation by the terminal device, the payload size of the enhanced DCI format in the USS may be made different from the payload size of the basic DCI format.
具体地,执行上述的步骤二之后,基本DCI格式(第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式)的有效载荷大小相等,记为第一有效载荷大小。执行上述的步骤一之后,增强的DCI格式中用于上行调度的DCI格式(第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式)的有效载荷大小相等、增强的DCI格式中用于下行调度的DCI格式(第三DCI格式和第五DCI格式)的有效载荷大小相等。Specifically, after the above step 2 is performed, the payload sizes of the basic DCI formats (the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format) are equal, and are recorded as the first payload size. After performing step 1 above, the DCI formats used for uplink scheduling in the enhanced DCI format (the fourth and sixth DCI formats) have the same payload size, and the DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the enhanced DCI format (the first The payload size of the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format) are equal.
则使得增强的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小不相等包括:So that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format includes:
执行上述的步骤一和步骤二之后,当根据第一配置信息确定的第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小时,在第四DCI格式末尾填一位零,填零后的比特位数作为第四DCI格式的比特位数;After performing the above steps 1 and 2, when the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the fourth DCI format, and the bit after the zero is filled The number of bits is used as the number of bits in the fourth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小时,在第六DCI格式末尾填一位零,填零后的比特位数作为第四DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the sixth DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the bit of the fourth DCI format number;
当根据第一配置信息确定的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小时,在第三DCI格式末尾填一位零,填零后的比特位数作为第四DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the third DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the bit of the fourth DCI format number;
当根据第二配置信息确定的第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小时,在第五DCI格式末尾填一位零,填零后的比特位数作为第四DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is equal to the first payload size, a zero is filled at the end of the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits after zero filling is used as the bit of the fourth DCI format number.
例如,第一有效载荷大小为11比特,当第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特时,由于第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相等,可以得到第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,在此情况下,在第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的末尾填一位零,使得第四DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小均为12比特。For example, the first payload size is 11 bits, and when the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits, since the payload sizes of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are equal, the payload of the sixth DCI format can be obtained The size is 11 bits. In this case, a zero is filled at the end of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format, so that the payload size of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are both 12 bits.
还应理解,本申请实施例中并不限定一定执行上述的步骤一和/或步骤二,则使得增强的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小不相等还包括:It should also be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution of the above step 1 and/or step 2, so that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format also includes:
当根据第一配置信息确定的该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第三DCI格式中填一位零;When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the third DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第四DCI格式中填一位零;When the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第三DCI格式中填一位零;When the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, fill one bit with zero in the third DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第四DCI格式中填一位零。When the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format.
可选地,执行上述的步骤一,和/或,步骤二之前本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行以下步骤三。Optionally, to perform step one above, and/or the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before step two also need to perform the following step three.
可选地,执行上述的步骤一,和/或,步骤二之后本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行以下步骤三。Optionally, to perform step one above, and/or, after step two, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform the following step three.
应理解,该实施例中对于步骤三与步骤一和步骤二之间的先后关系并不限制,当需要执行骤一、步骤二和步骤三时,可以依次执行步骤三、步骤二和步骤一。It should be understood that in this embodiment, the sequence relationship between step three and step one and step two is not limited. When step one, step two and step three need to be performed, step three, step two and step one can be performed in sequence.
步骤三:Step three:
根据第一配置信息确定配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式属于第一DCI格式;根据第二配置信息确定配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式属于第二DCI格式。第十一DCI格式和第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,第十二DCI格式和第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输。Determine the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the payload size of the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell according to the first configuration information. It can be understood that the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format belong to the first 1. DCI format; determine the payload size of the 13th DCI format and the payload size of the 14th DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell according to the second configuration information, which can be understood as the 13th DCI format and the 14th The DCI format belongs to the second DCI format. The eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission.
步骤三对齐第十一DCI格式、第十二DCI格式、第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括以下几种可能:Step 3 aligning the payload sizes of the 11th DCI format, the 12th DCI format, the 13th DCI format, and the 14th DCI format includes the following possibilities:
可能一:Possibly one:
对齐第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,记为第二有效载荷大小,第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Align the payload size of the twelfth DCI format with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format and record it as the second payload size. The second payload size is valid in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format The payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size.
具体地,对齐第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Specifically, aligning the payload size of the twelfth DCI format and the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format includes:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill in the fourteenth DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill in the twelfth DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format.
例如,第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特,第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,在第十二DCI格式中填1位0,以使得第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特。For example, the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is 10 bits, and the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is 11 bits. Fill 1 bit 0 in the twelfth DCI format to make the twelfth DCI format payload size The size is 11 bits.
一种可能的实现方式,在对齐第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小之后,可以将第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐、第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐。在该实现方式下,可以理解为分别对齐第一DCI格式中包括的DCI格式和第二DCI格式中包括的DCI格式,即本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还包括对齐第一DCI格式中包括的DCI格式、对齐第二DCI格式中包括的DCI格式。A possible implementation is that after aligning the payload size of the twelfth DCI format with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the payload size of the twelfth DCI format can be adjusted. The size is aligned, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is aligned with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format. In this implementation manner, it can be understood that the DCI format included in the first DCI format and the DCI format included in the second DCI format are respectively aligned, that is, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of this application also include alignment The DCI format included in the first DCI format is aligned with the DCI format included in the second DCI format.
另一种可能的方式,由于第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在对齐第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小之后,可以将第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐、第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐。在该实现方式下,可以理解为对齐第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式。Another possible way, since the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, after aligning the payload size of the twelfth DCI format with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format , The payload size of the thirteenth DCI format can be aligned with the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, and the payload size of the eleventh DCI format can be aligned with the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format. In this implementation, it can be understood as aligning the first DCI format and the second DCI format.
具体地,第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,记为第二有效载荷大小。Specifically, the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is equal to the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, which is recorded as the second payload size.
对齐第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十二DCI格式或第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Aligning the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the payload size of the twelfth DCI format or the fourteenth DCI format includes:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format. 2. The size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to The size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format.
例如,第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,第二有效载荷大小为10比特,在第十一DCI格式中截断,以使得第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特。本申请实施 例中对于如何在DCI格式中执行截断并不限制,可以参考目前协议中规定的在DCI格式中执行截断的方案。For example, the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is 11 bits, and the second payload size is 10 bits, which is truncated in the eleventh DCI format, so that the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is 10 bits. In the embodiments of this application, there is no limitation on how to perform truncation in the DCI format, and the solution for performing truncation in the DCI format specified in the current protocol can be referred to.
可选地,在DCI格式中执行截断,截断的位置可以是频域资源分配字段中的n位比特,还可以是频域资源分配字段中的前n位比特或者后n位比特。Optionally, truncation is performed in the DCI format, and the position of the truncation may be n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field, and may also be the first n bits or the last n bits in the frequency domain resource allocation field.
可选地,在DCI格式中执行截断的位置可以是DCI格式中最不重要的n位比特,其中,重要的比特包括系统比特位,以及指示DCI类型的比特位,比如,最不重要的n位比特可以是DCI格式中最后的n位比特。Optionally, the position at which truncation is performed in the DCI format may be the least important n bits in the DCI format, where the important bits include systematic bits and bits indicating the DCI type, for example, the least important n bits. The bit can be the last n bits in the DCI format.
应理解,本申请实施例中在DCI格式中执行截断是指,在根据配置信息确定的DCI格式的比特位的基础上,丢弃某些比特位形成较短的比特位数。对于如何在DCI格式中执行截断并不限制,可以参考目前协议TS 38.212中规定的在DCI格式中执行截断的方案。It should be understood that performing truncation in the DCI format in the embodiment of the present application refers to discarding some bits to form a shorter bit number based on the bits of the DCI format determined according to the configuration information. There is no restriction on how to perform truncation in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution for performing truncation in the DCI format specified in the current protocol TS 38.212.
对齐第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十二DCI格式或第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Aligning the payload size of the 13th DCI format and the 12th DCI format or the 14th DCI format includes:
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the first 2. The size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to The second payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format.
例如,第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,第二有效载荷大小为10比特,在第十三DCI格式中截断,以使得第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特。For example, the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is 11 bits, and the second payload size is 10 bits, which is truncated in the thirteenth DCI format so that the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is 10 bits.
可能二:Possibility two:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十二DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2. The payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十一DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the eleventh DCI format, and truncate the eleventh DCI format to the eleventh The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷 大小,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncate in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format.
可能三:Possibly three:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2. The payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the DCI format with the largest payload size in the thirteenth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
可能四:Possible four:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式和该第十三DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2. The payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the eleventh DCI format and the 13th DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位 数;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and truncate the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
可能五:Possibly five:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2. The payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the largest payload size among the fourteenth DCI formats,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the tenth The number of bits in the third DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中填零直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中填零直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second valid Payload size, the number of bits after zero-filling is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
可能六:Possible six:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第十一DCI格式、该第十二DCI格式、该第十三DCI格式和该第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the first 2. The payload size is the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the DCI format with the smallest payload size among the fourteenth DCI formats,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the eleventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第十三DCI格式的比特位数,在该第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the thirteenth DCI format, and truncate the thirteenth DCI format to the thirteenth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十二DCI格式中截断直到第十二DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十二DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the twelfth DCI format until the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十四DCI格式中截断直到第十四DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十四DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncated in the fourteenth DCI format until the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format is equal to the second payload Size, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format.
应理解,执行S330并不一定包括步骤一,例如,当协议规定了上述的第十一DCI格式、所述第十二DCI格式、所述第十三DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,无需执行步骤一。It should be understood that performing S330 does not necessarily include step 1. For example, when the protocol specifies the above-mentioned eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format. The payload size is the same, no need to perform step one.
还应理解,在执行上述的步骤一、步骤二和步骤三之后,终端设备判断是否完成拉齐流程,则图3所示的方法流程还包括,终端设备判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数是否满足预设条件。It should also be understood that after performing step 1, step 2 and step 3 above, the terminal device determines whether to complete the aligning process, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes the terminal device determining the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes Whether the preset conditions are met.
具体地,本申请中所涉及的预设条件与目前协议中规定的类似,包括:Specifically, the preset conditions involved in this application are similar to those stipulated in the current agreement, including:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过4个;(1) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过3个。(2) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed three.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于上述的预设条件并不做特别的限制,可以参考目前协议的规定,也可以应用在通信技术发展的未来可能提出新的约束条件的场景下。It should be understood that the above-mentioned preset conditions are not particularly limited in the embodiments of the present application, and the provisions of the current protocol can be referred to, and it can also be applied in scenarios where new constraint conditions may be proposed in the future of communication technology development.
进一步地,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限的情况下,例如,1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数超过4个,和/或,1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数超过3个,则终端设备还需要进一步拉齐DCI格式的有效载荷大小。在该情况下,本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,还需要执行步骤四。Further, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, for example, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier More than 4, and/or, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in 1 time slot in 1 cell or 1 carrier exceeds 3, and the terminal equipment also needs Further align the payload size of the DCI format. In this case, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform step four.
步骤四:Step 4:
首先,判断上述的步骤一和步骤二之后是否执行:第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式的末尾是否分别填一位零,如果有,则去掉截断所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式末尾的一位零;同理,判断上述的步骤一和步骤二之后是否执行:第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式的末尾是否分别填一位零,如果有,则分别去掉所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式末尾的一位零。First, determine whether the above steps 1 and 2 are executed: whether the end of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are filled with one bit and zero, if so, remove the truncation of the fourth DCI format and the first Sixth, a zero at the end of the DCI format; in the same way, judge whether the above steps 1 and 2 are executed: whether the end of the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are filled with a zero respectively, if there are, remove them respectively One zero at the end of the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format.
例如,上述的步骤一和步骤二之后所述的第四DCI格式(第六DCI格式)的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小,在第四DCI格式(第六DCI格式)末尾填一位零,则在步骤四执行时,先去掉所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式末尾的一位零。For example, the payload size of the fourth DCI format (sixth DCI format) described after step 1 and step 2 is equal to the first payload size, and a zero is filled at the end of the fourth DCI format (sixth DCI format) , When step 4 is executed, first remove the bit zero at the end of the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format.
可选地,上述第三DCI格式、第四DCI格式、第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效 载荷大小是经过上述填零或者截断操作之后的有效载荷大小,判断门限之后的操作是基于上述填零操作之后的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is the payload size after the zero-filling or truncation operation, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
可选地,上述第三DCI格式、第四DCI格式、第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小是根据相应的配置信息确定的,判断门限之后的操作是基于配置信息确定的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
经由步骤四,使得第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于上述的第二有效载荷大小,即CSS中的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与USS中基本的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,从而能够减小不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数。Through step 4, the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is made equal to the foregoing second payload size, that is, the size of the DCI format in the CSS The payload size is the same as that of the basic DCI format in the USS, which can reduce the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes.
具体地,可以通过以下三种方式,实现使得第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于上述的第二有效载荷大小。Specifically, the following three methods may be used to achieve the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the foregoing second payload size.
方式一:method one:
基于确定第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The payload size of the eighth DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the twelfth DCI format.
例如,基于第一配置信息关联的CORESET组指示的初始下行BWP确定第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,或者,基于第一配置信息关联的CORESET组中的索引值最小的CORESET确定第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小。For example, determine the payload size of the eighth DCI format based on the initial downlink BWP indicated by the CORESET group associated with the first configuration information, or determine the payload size of the eighth DCI format based on the CORESET with the smallest index value in the CORESET group associated with the first configuration information The payload size.
基于确定第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The payload size of the tenth DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format.
例如,基于第二配置信息关联的CORESET组指示的初始下行BWP确定第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,或者,基于第二配置信息关联的CORESET组中的索引值最小的CORESET确定第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。For example, determine the payload size of the tenth DCI format based on the initial downlink BWP indicated by the CORESET group associated with the second configuration information, or determine the payload size of the tenth DCI format based on the CORESET with the smallest index value in the CORESET group associated with the second configuration information The payload size.
基于确定第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The payload size of the seventh DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the eleventh DCI format.
例如,基于第一配置信息关联的CORESET组指示的初始上行BWP确定第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小。For example, the payload size of the seventh DCI format is determined based on the initial uplink BWP indicated by the CORESET group associated with the first configuration information.
基于确定第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The payload size of the ninth DCI format is determined based on the manner of determining the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format.
例如,基于第二配置信息关联的CORESET组指示的初始上行BWP确定第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小。For example, the payload size of the ninth DCI format is determined based on the initial uplink BWP indicated by the CORESET group associated with the second configuration information.
然后,终端设备对齐步骤四中确定的第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,包括以下几种可能:Then, the terminal device aligns the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the tenth DCI format, and the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined in step 4 to the second payload size, including the following may:
可能一:Possibly one:
第二有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format.
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the eighth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the second payload size, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位 数。When the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the tenth DCI format until the tenth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zero is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
终端设备分别对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,以及第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The terminal device respectively aligns the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format, as well as the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format.
具体地,对齐第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Specifically, aligning the payload size of the seventh DCI format with the payload size of the eighth DCI format includes:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the eighth DCI format, truncated in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to the first 2. The size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the eighth DCI format, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the seventh DCI format is equal to The size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format.
对齐第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小包括:Aligning the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the payload size of the tenth DCI format includes:
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the payload size of the tenth DCI format, truncated in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the first 2. The size of the payload, the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the tenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to The size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format.
可能二:Possibility two:
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第八DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the eighth DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the tenth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the seventh DCI format, and fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the seventh DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第七DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate the seventh DCI format until the bits in the seventh DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第九DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the ninth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the ninth DCI format.
可能三:Possibly three:
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the ninth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, it is true that zeros are filled in the seventh DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size , The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第九DCI格式的比特位数,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the ninth DCI format, and fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the value of the tenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zero is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
可能四:Possible four:
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式和该第九DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI Format and the payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size in the ninth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate the bits in the seventh DCI format until the eighth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The last bit number is used as the bit number of the ninth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大 小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
可能五:Possibly five:
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI Format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the tenth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, determine the number of bits of the seventh DCI format, and fill in the seventh DCI format with zeros until the eighth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the ninth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中填零直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in the eighth DCI format with zeros until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中填零直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,填零后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, The number of bits after zero filling is used as the number of bits in the tenth DCI format.
可能六:Possible six:
采用如下方式,使得该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,该第二有效载荷大小为该第七DCI格式、该第八DCI格式、该第九DCI格式和该第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The following methods are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the seventh DCI The payload size of the DCI format with the smallest payload size among the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format,
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,确定第七DCI格式的比特位数,在该第七DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第七DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, determine the number of bits in the seventh DCI format, and truncate the bits in the seventh DCI format until the eighth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the size of the second payload, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the seventh DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第九DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第九DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The last bit number is used as the bit number of the ninth DCI format;
若根据第一配置信息确定的该第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第八DCI格式中截断直到第八DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第八DCI格式的比特位数;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eighth DCI format until the number of bits in the eighth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the eighth DCI format;
若根据第二配置信息确定的该第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于该第二有效载荷大小,在该第十DCI格式中截断直到第十DCI格式的比特位数等于第二有效载荷大小,截断后的比特位数作为第十DCI格式的比特位数。If the payload size of the tenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the tenth DCI format until the number of bits in the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, truncating The number of bits after that is used as the number of bits of the tenth DCI format.
在方式一下,由于确定第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式与确定上述的第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式相同,则第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;同理,由于确定第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式与确定上述的第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式相同,则第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小。进而经由方式一所示的对齐方式,能够将第七DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,使得CSS中的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与USS中基本的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。In the mode, since the method of determining the payload size of the eighth DCI format is the same as the method of determining the payload size of the twelfth DCI format described above, the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the effective payload size of the twelfth DCI format Load size; similarly, since the method of determining the payload size of the tenth DCI format is the same as the method of determining the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format described above, the payload size of the eighth DCI format is equal to the fourteenth DCI format The payload size. Furthermore, through the alignment shown in Mode 1, the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format can be equal to the second payload size, so that the CSS The payload size of the DCI format in the USS is the same as the payload size of the basic DCI format in the USS.
方式二:Way two:
采用如下方式,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第二有效载荷大小:The following manners are adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size:
所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式中分别截断或填零。The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are truncated or filled with zeros, respectively.
在方式二下,将第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小对齐到所述第二有效载荷大小,则CSS中的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与USS中基本的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。In the second mode, the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are aligned to the second payload size, then the DCI in the CSS The payload size of the format is the same as that of the basic DCI format in USS.
方式三:Way three:
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第二有效载荷大小:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the second payload size:
基于所述第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;或者,Determine the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information And the payload size of the tenth DCI format; or,
基于所述第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Determine the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information And the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
在方式三下,根据同一个确定DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式确定第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小,使得第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。并且第二有效载荷大小等于基于所述第二配置信息或者第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定的有效载荷大小。所以经由方式三所示的确定第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小的方式中的一种,能够将第七DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,使得CSS中的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与USS中基本的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。In the third manner, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the same manner for determining the payload size of the DCI format, so that the first The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format have the same payload size. And the second payload size is equal to the payload size determined based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information. Therefore, through one of the methods of determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format shown in the third manner, the seventh DCI format can be The payload size of the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size, so that the payload size of the DCI format in the CSS is the same as that of the basic DCI format in the USS The payload size is the same.
应理解,步骤四中第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式为执行上述的使得第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同操作之前的DCI格式。It should be understood that the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format in step 4 are the implementations of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format. The DCI format before the same payload size operation.
可选地,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效 载荷大小是经过上述填零或者截断操作之后的有效载荷大小,判断门限之后的操作是基于上述填零操作之后的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are the payload sizes after the zero-filling or truncation operations described above, and the operations after determining the threshold are based on the foregoing The bits after the zero-filling operation are executed.
可选地,上述第七DCI格式、第八DCI格式、第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小是根据相应的配置信息确定的,判断门限之后的操作是基于配置信息确定的比特位执行的。Optionally, the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are determined according to the corresponding configuration information, and the operation after the threshold is determined based on the bits determined by the configuration information implemented.
在执行步骤四之后,再次判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数是否满足预设条件,应理解,执行步骤四之后,终端设备不期望发生如下情况:After performing step 4, judge again whether the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes meets the preset condition. It should be understood that after performing step 4, the terminal device does not expect the following situations to occur:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过4个;(1) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过3个;(2) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 3;
(3)特定搜索空间中的用于上行调度的基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于用于上行调度的增强DCI格式的有效载荷大小;(3) The payload size of the basic DCI format used for uplink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling;
(4)特定搜索空间中的用于下行调度的基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于用于下行调度的增强DCI格式的有效载荷大小。(4) The payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling.
可选地,执行步骤四之后,网络设备应当确保不发生如下情况:Optionally, after performing step 4, the network equipment should ensure that the following conditions do not occur:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过4个;(1) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过3个;(2) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 3;
(3)特定搜索空间中的用于上行调度的基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于用于上行调度的增强DCI格式的有效载荷大小;(3) The payload size of the basic DCI format used for uplink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling;
(4)特定搜索空间中的用于下行调度的基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于用于下行调度的增强DCI格式的有效载荷大小。(4) The payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling.
应理解,针对网络设备侧来说,网络设备发送DCI之前也需要进行对齐,则图3所示的方法流程还包括S311,网络设备对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,具体对齐方式与终端设备侧类似,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that, for the network device side, the network device also needs to perform alignment before sending DCI. The method shown in FIG. 3 also includes S311. The network device aligns the payload size of the first DCI format with the validity of the second DCI format. The payload size and the specific alignment method are similar to those on the terminal device side, so I will not repeat them here.
一种可能的方式,两个传输点中只需要一个传输点执行上述的对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小流程,不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数就可以满足上述的预设条件。A possible way, only one of the two transmission points needs to perform the above-mentioned process of aligning the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format, and the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is sufficient. Meet the above-mentioned preset conditions.
可选地,所述第三DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;Optionally, the third DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
所述第四DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
所述第五DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
所述第六DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
所述第七DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
所述第八DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
所述第九DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
所述第十DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
所述第十一DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
所述第十二DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
所述第十三DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
所述第十四DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0。The fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
具体地,终端设备可以根据第一配置信息关联的CORESET#1组的初始UL BWP所包括的RB数确定CORESET#1的CSS中DCI format 0_0的有效载荷大小;Specifically, the terminal device may determine the payload size of the DCI format 0_0 in the CSS of CORESET#1 according to the number of RBs included in the initial UL BWP of the CORESET#1 group associated with the first configuration information;
终端设备可以根据第二配置信息关联的CORESET#2组的初始UL BWP所包括的RB数确定CORESET#2的CSS中DCI format 0_0的有效载荷大小;The terminal device may determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the CSS of CORESET#2 according to the number of RBs included in the initial UL BWP of the CORESET#2 group associated with the second configuration information;
终端设备可以根据第一配置信息关联的CORESET#1组中索引最小的CORESET或者CORESET#1的初始DL BWP所包括的RB数确定CORESET#1的CSS中DCI format 1_0的有效载荷大小;The terminal device can determine the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS of CORESET#1 according to the CORESET with the smallest index in the CORESET#1 group associated with the first configuration information or the number of RBs included in the initial DL BWP of CORESET#1;
终端设备可以根据第二配置信息关联的CORESET#2组中索引最小的CORESET或者CORESET#2的初始DL BWP所包括的RB数确定CORESET#2的CSS中DCI format 1_0的有效载荷大小;The terminal device may determine the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the CSS of CORESET#2 according to the number of RBs included in the CORESET with the smallest index or the initial DL BWP of CORESET#2 in the CORESET#2 group associated with the second configuration information;
终端设备可以根据激活UL BWP所包括的RB数确定CORESET#1组的USS中DCI format 0_0的有效载荷大小和CORESET#2组的USS中DCI format 0_0的有效载荷大小;The terminal device can determine the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS of CORESET#1 group and the payload size of DCI format 0_0 in the USS of CORESET#2 group according to the number of RBs included in the activated UL BWP;
终端设备可以根据激活DL BWP所包括的RB数确定CORESET#1组的USS中DCI format 1_0的有效载荷大小和CORESET#2组的USS中DCI format 1_0的有效载荷大小。The terminal device can determine the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the USS of the CORESET#1 group and the payload size of the DCI format 1_0 in the USS of the CORESET#2 group according to the number of RBs included in the activated DL BWP.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法示意性流程图。该流程图中执行主体包括网络设备和终端设备。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for receiving DCI and a method for sending DCI according to an embodiment of the present application. The execution subject in this flowchart includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
该接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法包括以下步骤。The method for receiving DCI and the method for transmitting DCI include the following steps.
S410,终端设备接收第一配置信息。S410: The terminal device receives first configuration information.
该第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;The first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
S420,终端设备接收第二配置信息。S420: The terminal device receives second configuration information.
该第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format.
图4中的S410和S420与图3中的S310和S320类似,这里不再赘述。S410 and S420 in FIG. 4 are similar to S310 and S320 in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
S430,终端设备对齐第一DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。S430: The terminal device aligns the payload sizes of the multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format and the payload sizes of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
本实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,通过分别对齐不同的传输点分别下发的DCI格式中的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以降低CoMP场景下终端设备盲检DCI的复杂度。The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this embodiment can reduce the complexity of blind detection of DCI by terminal devices in the CoMP scenario by aligning the payload sizes of different DCI formats in the DCI formats respectively issued by different transmission points. degree.
一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第一DCI格式中填零直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数;A possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the number of bits of the first DCI format, and fill in the first DCI format with zeros Until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format;
另一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格 式的有效载荷大小,确定第二DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第二DCI格式中填零直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;In another possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, determine the number of bits in the second DCI format, and fill in the second DCI format Zero until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format;
又一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第二DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第二DCI格式中截断直到第二DCI格式的比特位数等于第一DCI格式的比特位数;In another possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, the number of bits in the second DCI format is determined, and truncated in the second DCI format Until the number of bits in the second DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the first DCI format;
又一种可能的实现方式,当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,确定第一DCI格式的比特位数,在所述第一DCI格式中截断直到第一DCI格式的比特位数等于第二DCI格式的比特位数。In yet another possible implementation manner, when the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, the number of bits in the first DCI format is determined and truncated in the first DCI format Until the number of bits in the first DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the second DCI format.
本申请实施例中提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,通过填0或截断不同DCI的格式,使得不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同。In the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application, the DCI formats with different payload sizes have the same payload size by filling in 0 or truncating different DCI formats.
下面,以上述第一DCI格式和第二DCI格式为特定搜索空间USS或公共搜索空间CSS中的用于调度下行传输或用于调度上行传输的DCI为例进行说明,如何实现上述S430中的对齐第一DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Hereinafter, taking the first DCI format and the second DCI format as the DCI used for scheduling downlink transmission or for scheduling uplink transmission in the specific search space USS or the common search space CSS as an example, how to achieve the alignment in S430 The payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
步骤一:step one:
根据第一配置信息确定配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式属于第一DCI格式,根据第二配置信息确定配置于USS中的第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式属于第二DCI格式,Determine the payload size of the third DCI format and the payload size of the fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS according to the first configuration information, it can be understood that the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format belong to the first DCI format , Determining the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format configured in the USS according to the second configuration information, it can be understood that the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format belong to the second DCI format,
其中,所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输的增强DCI格式,所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输的增强DCI格式;The third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling enhanced DCI formats for downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling enhanced DCI formats for uplink transmission;
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:At least one of the following ways is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format The payload size is the same:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于根据第一配置信息确定的所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第四DCI格式中填零直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第四DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information, fill zeros in the fourth DCI format until the fourth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fourth DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于根据第一配置信息确定的所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第三DCI格式中填零直到第四DCI格式的比特位数等于第三DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第三DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information, fill zeros in the third DCI format until the fourth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the third DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the third DCI format;
例如,第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为10比特,第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特,在第三DCI格式中填1位0,以使得第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小为11比特。本申请实施例中对于如何在DCI格式中填0并不限制,可以参考目前协议中规定的在DCI格式中填0的方案。For example, the payload size of the third DCI format is 10 bits, the payload size of the fourth DCI format is 11 bits, and 1 bit 0 is filled in the third DCI format, so that the payload size of the third DCI format is 11 bits . In the embodiment of this application, there is no restriction on how to fill 0 in the DCI format. You can refer to the solution for filling 0 in the DCI format specified in the current protocol.
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第六DCI格式中填零直到第六DCI 格式的比特位数等于第五DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第六DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the sixth DCI format until the sixth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the fifth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the sixth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于根据第二配置信息确定的所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第五DCI格式中填零直到第五DCI格式的比特位数等于第六DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第五DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information, fill zeros in the fifth DCI format until the fifth The number of bits in the DCI format is equal to the number of bits in the sixth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the fifth DCI format.
可以理解为,对齐了同一个传输点或CORESET组对应的用户特定搜索空间中用于调度下行传输的DCI格式和用于调度上行传输的DCI格式。It can be understood that the DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission and the DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in the user-specific search space corresponding to the same transmission point or CORESET group are aligned.
应理解,执行S430并不一定包括步骤一,例如,当协议规定了上述的第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,无需执行对齐第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小。It should be understood that performing S430 does not necessarily include step 1. For example, when the protocol specifies that the payload size of the third DCI format is the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, there is no need to perform alignment of the third DCI format. The payload size and the payload size of the fourth DCI format.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,在对齐特定搜索空间中不同的传输点各自的用于调度上行传输的增强DCI格式和用于调度下行传输的增强DCI格式之前。还需要对齐特定搜索空间用于调度上行传输的基本DCI格式,和/或,用于调度下行传输的基本DCI格式。执行上述的步骤一之前本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行步骤二。Optionally, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission and the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission of different transmission points in a specific search space. Before the format. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission. The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before performing the above step one also need to perform step two.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,在对齐特定搜索空间中不同的传输点各自的用于调度上行传输的增强DCI格式和用于调度下行传输的增强DCI格式之后。还需要对齐特定搜索空间用于调度上行传输的基本DCI格式,和/或,用于调度下行传输的基本DCI格式。执行上述的步骤一之后本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行步骤二。Optionally, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application are the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission and the enhanced DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission of different transmission points in a specific search space. After the format. It is also necessary to align the basic DCI format used for scheduling uplink transmission in a specific search space, and/or the basic DCI format used for scheduling downlink transmission. The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application after performing the above step 1 also need to perform step 2.
应理解,该实施例中对于步骤一、步骤二的先后关系并不限制。It should be understood that the sequence of steps one and two is not limited in this embodiment.
步骤二与图3中所示的步骤二类似,这里不再赘述。应理解,执行S430并不一定包括步骤二。Step two is similar to step two shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here. It should be understood that performing S430 does not necessarily include step two.
进一步地,为了提高终端设备解调DCI的准确性,可以使得USS中的增强的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小不等。Further, in order to improve the accuracy of the DCI demodulation of the terminal device, the payload size of the enhanced DCI format in the USS may be made different from the payload size of the basic DCI format.
具体地,执行上述的步骤二之后,基本DCI格式(第七DCI格式、第九DCI格式、第八DCI格式和第十DCI格式)的有效载荷大小相等,记为第一有效载荷大小。执行上述的步骤一之后,第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相等、第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相等。Specifically, after the above step 2 is performed, the payload sizes of the basic DCI formats (the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format) are equal, and are recorded as the first payload size. After performing the above step 1, the payload sizes of the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format are the same, and the payload sizes of the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are the same.
则使得增强的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小不相等包括:So that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format includes:
执行上述的步骤一和步骤二之后,当根据第一配置信息确定的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小时,在第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小的末尾分别填一位零;同理,After performing the above steps 1 and 2, when the payload size of the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is equal to the first payload size, the third DCI format and the fourth DCI format Fill in one zero at the end of the payload size of the format; for the same reason,
执行上述的步骤一和步骤二之后,当根据第二配置信息确定的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小时,在第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小的末尾分别填一位零。After performing the above steps 1 and 2, when the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is equal to the first payload size, the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format The end of the payload size of the format is filled with a zero.
还应理解,本申请实施例中并不限定一定执行上述的步骤一和/或步骤二,则使得增强的DCI格式的有效载荷大小与基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小不相等还包括:It should also be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution of the above step 1 and/or step 2, so that the payload size of the enhanced DCI format is not equal to the payload size of the basic DCI format also includes:
当根据第一配置信息确定的该第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第三DCI格式中填一位零;When the payload size of the third DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the third DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的该第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第四DCI格式中填一位零;When the payload size of the fourth DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的该第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第三DCI格式中填一位零;When the payload size of the fifth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, fill one bit with zero in the third DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的该第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第七DCI格式或第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同时,在第四DCI格式中填一位零。When the payload size of the sixth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is the same as the payload size of the seventh DCI format or the eighth DCI format, a zero is filled in the fourth DCI format.
可选地,执行上述的步骤一,和/或,步骤二之前本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行以下步骤三。Optionally, to perform step one above, and/or the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiment of the present application before step two also need to perform the following step three.
可选地,执行上述的步骤一,和/或,步骤二之后本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法还需要执行以下步骤三。Optionally, to perform step one above, and/or, after step two, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform the following step three.
应理解,该实施例中对于步骤三与步骤一和步骤二之间的先后关系并不限制,当需要执行骤一、步骤二和步骤三时,可以依次执行步骤三、步骤二和步骤一。It should be understood that in this embodiment, the sequence relationship between step three and step one and step two is not limited. When step one, step two and step three need to be performed, step three, step two and step one can be performed in sequence.
步骤三:Step three:
根据第一配置信息确定配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式属于第一DCI格式,Determine the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the payload size of the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell according to the first configuration information, which can be understood as the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format Belongs to the first DCI format,
根据第二配置信息确定配置于所述CSS中的第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,可以理解为第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式属于第二DCI格式,Determine the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format and the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS according to the second configuration information. It can be understood that the thirteenth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format belong to the second DCI format,
其中,所述第十一DCI格式和所述第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;Wherein, the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission;
采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小、所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小:At least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the twelfth DCI format equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format equal to the tenth 4. The payload size of the DCI format:
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中截断直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数,截断后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncate the bits in the eleventh DCI format until the eleventh DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
当根据第一配置信息确定的所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中填零直到第十一DCI格式的比特位数等于第十二DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第十一DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format determined according to the first configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format until the eleventh DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the twelfth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the eleventh DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中截断直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数,截断后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数;When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncating the bits in the thirteenth DCI format until the thirteenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and the number of bits after truncation is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format;
当根据第二配置信息确定的所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中填零直到第十三DCI格式的比特位数等于第十四DCI格式的比特位数,填零后的比特位数作为第十三DCI格式的比特位数。When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format determined according to the second configuration information is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format until the size of the thirteenth DCI format The number of bits is equal to the number of bits in the fourteenth DCI format, and the number of bits filled with zeros is used as the number of bits in the thirteenth DCI format.
应理解,执行S330并不一定包括步骤一,例如,当协议规定了上述的第十一DCI格 式的有效载荷大小和所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,且所述第十三DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,无需执行步骤一。It should be understood that performing S330 does not necessarily include step 1. For example, when the protocol specifies that the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is the same as the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, and the thirteenth DCI format The format is the same as the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, and step one is not required.
还应理解,在执行上述的步骤一、步骤二和步骤三之后,终端设备判断是否完成拉齐流程,则图4所示的方法流程还包括,终端设备判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数是否满足预设条件。It should also be understood that after performing step 1, step 2 and step 3, the terminal device determines whether the aligning process is completed, and the method flow shown in FIG. 4 also includes the terminal device determining the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes Whether the preset conditions are met.
具体地,图4所示的实施例中所涉及的预设条件与图3中所示的预设条件类似,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the preset conditions involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 are similar to the preset conditions shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
进一步地,当不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限的情况下,例如,1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数超过4个,和/或,1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数超过3个,则终端设备还需要进一步拉齐DCI格式的有效载荷大小。在该情况下,本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,还需要执行步骤四。Further, when the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, for example, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier More than 4, and/or, the number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in 1 time slot in 1 cell or 1 carrier exceeds 3, and the terminal equipment also needs Further align the payload size of the DCI format. In this case, the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in the embodiments of the present application also need to perform step four.
具体地,图4所示的实施例中所涉及的步骤四与图3中所示的步骤四中的方式一类似,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the step four involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 is similar to the method one in step four shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
在执行步骤四之后,再次判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数是否满足预设条件,应理解,执行步骤四之后,终端设备不期望发生如下情况:After performing step 4, judge again whether the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes meets the preset condition. It should be understood that after performing step 4, the terminal device does not expect the following situations to occur:
(1)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的不同DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过4个;(1) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats that need to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 4;
(2)1个小区或者1个载波内1个时隙内需要检测的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI格式的有效载荷大小个数不超过3个;(2) The number of payload sizes of different DCI formats scrambled by C-RNTI that needs to be detected in a time slot in a cell or a carrier does not exceed 3;
(3)特定搜索空间中的用于上行调度的基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于用于上行调度的增强DCI格式的有效载荷大小;(3) The payload size of the basic DCI format used for uplink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for uplink scheduling;
(4)特定搜索空间中的用于下行调度的基本DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于用于下行调度的增强DCI格式的有效载荷大小。(4) The payload size of the basic DCI format used for downlink scheduling in the specific search space is equal to the payload size of the enhanced DCI format used for downlink scheduling.
应理解,针对网络设备侧来说,网络设备发送DCI之前也需要进行对齐,则图5所示的方法流程还包括S411,网络设备对齐第一DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小,具体对齐方式与终端设备侧类似,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that, for the network device side, the network device also needs to perform alignment before sending DCI. The method flow shown in FIG. 5 also includes S411. The network device aligns the payload size and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format. The specific alignment of the payload sizes of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format is similar to that on the terminal device side, and will not be repeated here.
应理解,上述方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not imply the order of execution. The execution sequence of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute the implementation process of the embodiments of the application. Any restrictions.
上面结合图3和图4详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法,下面结合图5-图8详细介绍本申请实施例提供的接收DCI的装置。The method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4, and the device for receiving DCI provided by the embodiments of the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 5-8.
参见图5,图5是本申请提出的接收DCI的装置50的示意图。如图5所示,装置50包括接收单元510和处理单元520。Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a device 50 for receiving DCI proposed in the present application. As shown in FIG. 5, the device 50 includes a receiving unit 510 and a processing unit 520.
接收单元510,用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;The receiving unit 510 is configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
所述接收单元510,还用于接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI 格式的有效载荷大小;The receiving unit 510 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
其中,所述第一配置信息和所述第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups;
处理单元520,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit 520 is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format;
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the second DCI format;
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the second DCI format;
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中截断。When the payload size of the first DCI format is larger than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncation is performed in the first DCI format.
装置50和方法实施例中的终端设备完全对应,装置50可以是方法实施例中的终端设备,或者方法实施例中的终端设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置50的相应单元用于执行图3和图4所示的方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 50 completely corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 50 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. The corresponding units of the apparatus 50 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
其中,装置50中的接收单元510执行方法实施例中终端设备接收的步骤。例如,执行图3中的步骤S310,接收第一配置信息、还执行图3中的步骤S320,接收第二配置信息、还执行图4中的步骤S410,接收第一配置信息、还执行图4中的步骤S420,接收第二配置信息;Wherein, the receiving unit 510 in the apparatus 50 executes the steps of the terminal device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S310 in FIG. 3, receive the first configuration information, perform step S320 in FIG. 3, receive the second configuration information, and perform step S410 in FIG. 4, receive the first configuration information, and perform FIG. Step S420 in, receiving second configuration information;
处理单元620执行方法实施例中终端设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如,执行图3中的步骤S330,对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小、还执行图4中的步骤S430,对齐第一DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The processing unit 620 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step S330 in FIG. 3 is executed to align the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format, and step S430 in FIG. 4 is also executed to align multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format. The payload size and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
装置50还可以包括发送单元,用于执行终端设备发送的步骤,例如,向其他设备发送信息。接收单元510和发送单元可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元520可以是处理器。发送单元可以是发射器,接收单元510可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。The apparatus 50 may further include a sending unit, which is used to perform the steps of sending by the terminal device, for example, sending information to other devices. The receiving unit 510 and the sending unit may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions. The processing unit 520 may be a processor. The sending unit may be a transmitter, and the receiving unit 510 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
参见图6,图6是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备60的结构示意图。该终端设备60可应用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明,图6仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图6所示,终端设备60包括处理器(对应于图5中所示的处理单元520)、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置(对应于图5中所示的接收单元510)。处理器用于控制天线以及输入输出装置收发信号,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,以执行本申请提出的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法中由终端设备执行的相应流程和/或操作。此处不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 60 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 60 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1. For ease of description, FIG. 6 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 6, the terminal device 60 includes a processor (corresponding to the processing unit 520 shown in FIG. 5), a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device (corresponding to the receiving unit 510 shown in FIG. 5). The processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output device to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI proposed in this application. The corresponding process and/or operation performed by the equipment. I won't repeat them here.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图6仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 6 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
参见图7,图7是本申请提出的发送DCI的装置70的示意图。如图7所示,装置70 包括发送单元710和处理单元720。Referring to FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a device 70 for sending DCI proposed in this application. As shown in FIG. 7, the device 70 includes a sending unit 710 and a processing unit 720.
发送单元710,用于发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;The sending unit 710 is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
所述发送单元710,还用于发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;The sending unit 710 is further configured to send second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
其中,所述第一配置信息和所述第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups;
处理单元720,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit 720 is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format;
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the second DCI format;
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the second DCI format;
当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中截断。When the payload size of the first DCI format is larger than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncation is performed in the first DCI format.
装置70和方法实施例中的网络设备完全对应,装置70可以是方法实施例中的网络设备,或者方法实施例中的网络设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置70的相应单元用于执行图1所示的方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应步骤。The device 70 completely corresponds to the network device in the method embodiment, and the device 70 may be the network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network device in the method embodiment. The corresponding unit of the device 70 is used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1.
其中,装置70中的发送单元710执行方法实施例中网络设备发送的步骤。例如,执行图3中的步骤S310,发送第一配置信息、还执行图3中的步骤S320,发送第二配置信息、还执行图4中的步骤S410,发送第一配置信息、还执行图4中的步骤S420,发送第二配置信息;Wherein, the sending unit 710 in the apparatus 70 executes the steps of the network device sending in the method embodiment. For example, execute step S310 in FIG. 3, send the first configuration information, execute step S320 in FIG. 3, send the second configuration information, and execute step S410 in FIG. 4, send the first configuration information, and execute FIG. In step S420, the second configuration information is sent;
装置70中的处理单元720执行方法实施例中网络设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如,执行图3中的步骤S311,对齐第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小、还执行图4中的步骤S411,对齐第一DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小和第二DCI格式中的多个DCI格式的有效载荷大小。The processing unit 720 in the device 70 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S311 in FIG. 3 to align the payload size of the first DCI format with the payload size of the second DCI format, and perform step S411 in FIG. 4 to align multiple DCI formats in the first DCI format. The payload size and the payload size of the multiple DCI formats in the second DCI format.
装置70还可以包括接收单元,用于执行网络设备接收的步骤,例如,接收其他设备发送的信息。发送单元710和接收单元可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元720可以是处理器。发送单元可以是接收器。发送单元710可以是发射器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。参见图8,图8是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备80的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法中的网络设备的功能。可以为网络设备的结构示意图。The apparatus 70 may further include a receiving unit, configured to perform the steps of receiving by the network device, for example, receiving information sent by other devices. The sending unit 710 and the receiving unit may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions. Wherein, the processing unit 720 may be a processor. The sending unit may be a receiver. The sending unit 710 may be a transmitter. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver. Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 80 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above-mentioned method for receiving and sending DCI. It can be a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device.
在5G通信系统中,网络设备80可以包括CU、DU和AAU相比于LTE通信系统中的网络设备由一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)和一个或多个基带单元(base band unit,BBU)来说:In a 5G communication system, the network equipment 80 may include CU, DU, and AAU. Compared with the network equipment in the LTE communication system, the network equipment consists of one or more radio frequency units, such as remote radio units (RRU) and one or more radio frequency units. For each baseband unit (BBU):
原BBU的非实时部分将分割出来,重新定义为CU,负责处理非实时协议和服务、BBU的部分物理层处理功能与原RRU及无源天线合并为AAU、BBU的剩余功能重新定 义为DU,负责处理物理层协议和实时服务。简而言之,CU和DU,以处理内容的实时性进行区分、AAU为RRU和天线的组合。The non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services. Part of the physical layer processing functions of the BBU are merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU. Responsible for handling physical layer protocols and real-time services. In short, CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
CU、DU、AAU可以采取分离或合设的方式,所以,会出现多种网络部署形态,一种可能的部署形态如图8所示与传统4G网络设备一致,CU与DU共硬件部署。应理解,图8只是一种示例,对本申请的保护范围并不限制,例如,部署形态还可以是DU部署在7G BBU机房,CU集中部署或DU集中部署,CU更高层次集中等。CU, DU, and AAU can be separated or co-located. Therefore, there will be multiple network deployment forms. A possible deployment form is shown in Figure 8 and is consistent with traditional 4G network equipment. CU and DU share hardware deployment. It should be understood that FIG. 8 is only an example, and does not limit the scope of protection of the present application. For example, the deployment form may also be DU deployment in a 7G BBU computer room, CU centralized deployment or DU centralized deployment, and higher-level centralized CU.
所述AAU 801可以实现收发功能称为收发单元8011,与图7中的发送单元810对应。可选地,该收发单元8011还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等,其可以包括至少一个天线8011和射频单元8012。可选地,收发单元8011可以包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路),发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述CU和DU可以实现内部处理功能称为处理单元802,与图7中的处理单元720对应。可选地,该处理单元802可以对网络设备进行控制等,可以称为控制器。所述AAU与CU和DU可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的。The AAU 801 that can implement the transceiver function is called the transceiver unit 8011, which corresponds to the sending unit 810 in FIG. 7. Optionally, the transceiver unit 8011 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 8011 and a radio frequency unit 8012. Optionally, the transceiving unit 8011 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit). The CU and DU that can implement internal processing functions are called a processing unit 802, which corresponds to the processing unit 720 in FIG. 7. Optionally, the processing unit 802 may control network devices, etc., and may be referred to as a controller. The AAU, CU and DU may be physically set together, or physically separated.
另外,网络设备不限于图8所示的形态,也可以是其它形态:例如:包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit,ARU),或者包括BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU);也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE),还可以为其它形态,本申请不限定。In addition, the network equipment is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 8, and may also be in other forms: for example, including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or including BBU and active antenna unit (AAU). ); It can also be customer premises equipment (CPE), or other forms, which are not limited in this application.
应理解,图8所示的网络设备80能够实现图3和图4的方法实施例中涉及的网络设备功能。网络设备80中的各个单元的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应流程。为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。图8示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的网络设备结构的可能。It should be understood that the network device 80 shown in FIG. 8 can implement the network device functions involved in the method embodiments of FIG. 3 and FIG. 4. The operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 80 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the network device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here. The structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 8 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other network device structures that may appear in the future.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图3和图4所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. The various steps performed.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图3和图4所示的方法中网络设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the network device in the method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. The various steps performed.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图3和图4所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图3和图4所示的方法中网络设备执行的各个步骤。This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer can execute each step performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法中由终端设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信 息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。This application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface can be an input and output interface.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的接收DCI的方法、发送DCI的方法中由网络设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。This application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the network device in the method for receiving DCI and the method for sending DCI provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface can be an input and output interface.
本申请中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "include" and "have" and any variations of them in this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to clearly listed Instead, those steps or units listed may include other steps or units that are not clearly listed or are inherent to these processes, methods, products, or equipment.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
另外,本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;本申请中术语“至少一个”,可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”,例如,A、B和C中至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C、同时存在A和B,同时存在A和C,同时存在C和B,同时存在A和B和C,这七种情况。In addition, the term "and/or" in this application is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally means that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship; the term "at least one" in this application can mean "one" and "two or more", for example, A At least one of, B and C can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist alone, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously, this Seven situations.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种接收下行控制信息DCI的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving downlink control information DCI, characterized in that it includes:
    接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
    接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Receiving second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
    其中,所述第一配置信息和所述第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中截断。When the payload size of the first DCI format is larger than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncation is performed in the first DCI format.
  2. 一种发送下行控制信息DCI的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending downlink control information DCI, characterized in that it includes:
    发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Sending first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
    发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Sending second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
    其中,所述第一配置信息和所述第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中截断。When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the first DCI format.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein:
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,The first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a fifth DCI format and a sixth DCI format configured in the USS,
    其中,所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;Wherein, the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format:
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第五DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, fill in zeros in the fifth DCI format;
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第三DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, fill zeros in the third DCI format;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format:
    当所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第六DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the fourth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, fill zeros in the sixth DCI format;
    当所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第四DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the fourth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, zeros are filled in the fourth DCI format.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein:
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于所述用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,The first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a fifth DCI format and a sixth DCI format configured in the USS,
    其中,所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;Wherein, the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:At least one of the following ways is used to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the sixth DCI format The payload size is the same:
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第四DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, fill zeros in the fourth DCI format;
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第三DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, fill zeros in the third DCI format;
    当所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第六DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the fifth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, fill in zeros in the sixth DCI format;
    当所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第五DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the fifth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, zeros are filled in the fifth DCI format.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein:
    所述第一DCI格式中还包括配置于所述USS中的第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式,The first DCI format further includes a seventh DCI format and an eighth DCI format configured in the USS,
    所述第二DCI格式中还包括配置于所述USS中的第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式,其中,所述第七DCI格式和所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小根据当前激活的上行系统带宽BWP大小确定、用于调度上行传输,所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小根据当前激活的下行系统带宽BWP大小确定、用于调度下行传输,The second DCI format also includes a ninth DCI format and a tenth DCI format configured in the USS, wherein the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format is based on the currently activated uplink The size of the system bandwidth BWP is determined and used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is determined according to the size of the currently activated downlink system bandwidth BWP and used for scheduling downlink transmission,
    所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小;The payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第七DCI格式和所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小:At least one of the following methods is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the first payload size:
    当所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI 格式中截断;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format;
    当所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, fill zeros in the seventh DCI format;
    当所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format;
    当所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, zeros are filled in the ninth DCI format.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,在使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或使得所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,或者,The method according to claim 5, wherein the payload size of the third DCI format is made the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or the fourth DCI format is made valid. After the payload size is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, or,
    在使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或,使得所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,When making the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and/or making the payload size of the fifth DCI format and the payload size of the sixth DCI format the same After the same size,
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    当所述第三DCI格式、所述第四DCI格式、所述第五DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小时,在所述DCI格式中填一位零。When the payload size of any of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload size, the DCI Fill in one zero in the format.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-6, characterized in that,
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,The first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a thirteenth DCI format and a fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS,
    其中,所述第十一DCI格式和所述第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;Wherein, the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第十一DCI格式、所述第十二DCI格式、所述第十三DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,所述第二有效载荷大小为所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,At least one of the following ways is adopted to make the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format equal to the second payload The size of the second payload is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format,
    若所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十二DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format;
    若所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十四DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format;
    若所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format;
    若所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中截断;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eleventh DCI format;
    若所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format;
    若所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中截断。If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is larger than the second payload size, truncation is performed in the thirteenth DCI format.
  8. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-6, characterized in that,
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,The first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a thirteenth DCI format and a fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS,
    其中,所述第十一DCI格式和所述第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;Wherein, the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission;
    采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小、所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小:At least one of the following methods is used to make the payload size of the twelfth DCI format equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format, and the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format equal to the tenth 4. The payload size of the DCI format:
    当所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncating in the eleventh DCI format;
    当所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill zeros in the eleventh DCI format;
    当所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncating in the thirteenth DCI format;
    当所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, zeros are filled in the thirteenth DCI format.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,所述方法还包括如下方式的至少一种:After determining that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the method further includes at least one of the following methods:
    基于所述第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式和所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information;
    基于所述第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Determining the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information;
    采用如下方式,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,所述第三有效载荷大小为所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The following manner is adopted to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the third payload size, and the third payload size Be the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format,
    若所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第八DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format;
    若所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第十DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format;
    若所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format;
    若所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中截断;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the third payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format;
    若所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format;
    若所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中截断。If the payload size of the ninth DCI format is larger than the third payload size, truncation is performed in the ninth DCI format.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第二有效载荷大小:After judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the following methods are adopted to make the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format The payload size of is equal to the second payload size:
    所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式中分别截断或填零。The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are truncated or filled with zeros, respectively.
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第二有效载荷大小:After judging that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, at least one of the following methods is adopted to make the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the The payload size of the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
    基于所述第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;或者,Determine the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information And the payload size of the tenth DCI format; or,
    基于所述第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Determine the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information And the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
  12. 根据权利要求8-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The method according to any one of claims 8-11, wherein the third DCI format is a DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第四DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第五DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第六DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第七DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第八DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第九DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第十DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第十一DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第十二DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第十三DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第十四DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0。The fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
  13. 一种接收下行控制信息DCI的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for receiving downlink control information DCI, characterized by comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;A receiving unit, configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
    所述接收单元,还用于接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式 的有效载荷大小;The receiving unit is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
    其中,所述第一配置信息和所述第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups;
    处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中截断。When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the first DCI format.
  14. 一种发送下行控制信息DCI的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for sending downlink control information DCI, characterized by comprising:
    发送单元,用于发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小;A sending unit, configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the first DCI format;
    所述发送单元,还用于发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小;The sending unit is further configured to send second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine the payload size of the second DCI format;
    其中,所述第一配置信息和所述第二配置信息分别对应两个不同的控制资源集合CORESET组;Wherein, the first configuration information and the second configuration information respectively correspond to two different control resource sets CORESET groups;
    处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the first DCI format the same as the payload size of the second DCI format:
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill in zeros in the first DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, fill zeros in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第二DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the first DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the second DCI format;
    当所述第一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第一DCI格式中截断。When the payload size of the first DCI format is greater than the payload size of the second DCI format, truncating in the first DCI format.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that:
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,The first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a fifth DCI format and a sixth DCI format configured in the USS,
    其中,所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;Wherein, the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission;
    所述处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format:
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所 述第五DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, fill in zeros in the fifth DCI format;
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第三DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fifth DCI format, fill zeros in the third DCI format;
    所述处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the fourth DCI format the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format:
    当所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第六DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the fourth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, fill zeros in the sixth DCI format;
    当所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第四DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the fourth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, zeros are filled in the fourth DCI format.
  16. 根据权利要求13或14所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that:
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于用户特定搜索空间USS中的第三DCI格式和第四DCI格式,The first DCI format includes a third DCI format and a fourth DCI format configured in the user-specific search space USS,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于USS中的第五DCI格式和第六DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a fifth DCI format and a sixth DCI format configured in the USS,
    其中,所述第三DCI格式和所述第五DCI格式用于调度下行传输,所述第四DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式用于调度上行传输;Wherein, the third DCI format and the fifth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission, and the fourth DCI format and the sixth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission;
    所述处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同、所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format, and the payload size of the fifth DCI format Same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format:
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第四DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, fill zeros in the fourth DCI format;
    当所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第三DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the third DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourth DCI format, fill zeros in the third DCI format;
    当所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第六DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the fifth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, fill zeros in the sixth DCI format;
    当所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第五DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the fifth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the sixth DCI format, zeros are filled in the fifth DCI format.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that:
    所述第一DCI格式中还包括配置于所述USS中的第七DCI格式和第八DCI格式,The first DCI format further includes a seventh DCI format and an eighth DCI format configured in the USS,
    所述第二DCI格式中还包括配置于所述USS中的第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式,The second DCI format also includes a ninth DCI format and a tenth DCI format configured in the USS,
    其中,所述第七DCI格式和所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小根据当前激活的上行系统带宽BWP大小确定、用于调度上行传输,所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小根据当前激活的下行系统带宽BWP大小确定、用于调度下行传输,Wherein, the payload sizes of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format are determined according to the currently activated uplink system bandwidth BWP and used to schedule uplink transmission. The eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format are The payload size is determined according to the currently activated downlink system bandwidth BWP and is used to schedule downlink transmission.
    所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第一有效载荷大小;The payload size of the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format is equal to the first payload size;
    所述处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第七DCI格式和所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the ninth DCI format equal to the first payload size:
    当所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format;
    当所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, fill zeros in the seventh DCI format;
    当所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the ninth DCI format is greater than the first payload size, truncating in the ninth DCI format;
    当所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第一有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the first payload size, zeros are filled in the ninth DCI format.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述处理单元使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或使得所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,或者,The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the processing unit makes the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fifth DCI format, and/or makes the fourth After the payload size of the DCI format is the same as the payload size of the sixth DCI format, or,
    在所述处理单元使得所述第三DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第四DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同,和/或,使得所述第五DCI格式的有效载荷大小和所述第六DCI格式的有效载荷大小相同之后,Make the payload size of the third DCI format the same as the payload size of the fourth DCI format in the processing unit, and/or make the payload size of the fifth DCI format the same as the sixth DCI format After the payload size of the format is the same,
    所述处理单元,用于当所述第三DCI格式、所述第四DCI格式、所述第五DCI格式和所述第六DCI格式中任意DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第一有效载荷大小时,在所述DCI格式中填一位零。The processing unit is configured to: when the payload size of any DCI format of the third DCI format, the fourth DCI format, the fifth DCI format, and the sixth DCI format is equal to the first payload For large hours, fill a zero in the DCI format.
  19. 根据权利要求13-18中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 13-18, wherein:
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,The first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a thirteenth DCI format and a fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS,
    其中,所述第十一DCI格式和所述第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;Wherein, the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission;
    所述处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第十一DCI格式、所述第十二DCI格式、所述第十三DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第二有效载荷大小,所述第二有效载荷大小为所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following ways to make the eleventh DCI format, the twelfth DCI format, the thirteenth DCI format, and the fourteenth DCI format valid The payload size is equal to the second payload size, and the second payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format,
    若所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十二DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the twelfth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the twelfth DCI format;
    若所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十四DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the fourteenth DCI format;
    若所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the eleventh DCI format;
    若所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中截断;If the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the second payload size, truncating in the eleventh DCI format;
    若所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the second payload size, fill in zeros in the thirteenth DCI format;
    若所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第二有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中截断。If the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is larger than the second payload size, truncation is performed in the thirteenth DCI format.
  20. 根据权利要求13-18中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 13-18, wherein:
    所述第一DCI格式中包括配置于小区公共的搜索空间CSS中的第十一DCI格式和第十二DCI格式,The first DCI format includes the eleventh DCI format and the twelfth DCI format configured in the search space CSS common to the cell,
    所述第二DCI格式中包括配置于所述CSS中的第十三DCI格式和第十四DCI格式,The second DCI format includes a thirteenth DCI format and a fourteenth DCI format configured in the CSS,
    其中,所述第十一DCI格式和所述第十三DCI格式用于调度上行传输,所述第十二DCI格式和所述第十四DCI格式用于调度下行传输;Wherein, the eleventh DCI format and the thirteenth DCI format are used for scheduling uplink transmission, and the twelfth DCI format and the fourteenth DCI format are used for scheduling downlink transmission;
    所述处理单元,用于采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小、所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小:The processing unit is configured to adopt at least one of the following methods to make the payload size of the twelfth DCI format equal to the payload size of the eleventh DCI format and the validity of the thirteenth DCI format The payload size is equal to the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format:
    当所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is greater than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, truncating in the eleventh DCI format;
    当所述第十一DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十二DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十一DCI格式中填零;When the payload size of the eleventh DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the twelfth DCI format, fill zeros in the eleventh DCI format;
    当所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中截断;When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is greater than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, truncating in the thirteenth DCI format;
    当所述第十三DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第十四DCI格式的有效载荷大小,在所述第十三DCI格式中填零。When the payload size of the thirteenth DCI format is smaller than the payload size of the fourteenth DCI format, zeros are filled in the thirteenth DCI format.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,执行如下方式的至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the processing unit is further configured to perform at least one of the following methods after determining that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold:
    基于所述第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式和所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Determining the payload size of the seventh DCI format and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information;
    基于所述第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第九DCI格式和第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;Determining the payload size of the ninth DCI format and the tenth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information;
    所述处理单元,还用于采用如下方式,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于第三有效载荷大小,所述第三有效载荷大小为所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式中有效载荷大小最大的DCI格式的有效载荷大小,The processing unit is further configured to adopt the following manner to make the payload size of the seventh DCI format, the eighth DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format equal to the third payload size , The third payload size is the payload size of the DCI format with the largest payload size in the eighth DCI format and the tenth DCI format,
    若所述第八DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第八DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the eighth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the eighth DCI format;
    若所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第十DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the tenth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the tenth DCI format;
    若所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the seventh DCI format;
    若所述第七DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第七DCI格式中截断;If the payload size of the seventh DCI format is greater than the third payload size, truncating in the seventh DCI format;
    若所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小小于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中填零;If the payload size of the ninth DCI format is smaller than the third payload size, fill in zeros in the ninth DCI format;
    若所述第九DCI格式的有效载荷大小大于所述第三有效载荷大小,在所述第九DCI格式中截断。If the payload size of the ninth DCI format is larger than the third payload size, truncation is performed in the ninth DCI format.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式,使得所述第七DCI 格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第二有效载荷大小:The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, and then adopt the following method to make the seventh DCI format The payload size of the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
    所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式中分别截断或填零。The seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format are truncated or filled with zeros, respectively.
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于判断不同有效载荷大小的DCI格式个数大于或等于预设门限之后,采用如下方式中的至少一种,使得所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小等于所述第二有效载荷大小:The device according to claim 19, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine that the number of DCI formats with different payload sizes is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, and then adopt at least one of the following methods to make all The payload size of the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, the eighth DCI format, and the tenth DCI format is equal to the second payload size:
    基于所述第一配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第一配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小;或者,Determine the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the first configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the first configuration information And the payload size of the tenth DCI format; or,
    基于所述第二配置信息包括的初始BWP配置或者所述第二配置信息包括的CORESET组中索引最小的CORESET配置确定所述第七DCI格式、所述第九DCI格式、所述第八DCI格式和所述第十DCI格式的有效载荷大小。Determine the seventh DCI format, the ninth DCI format, and the eighth DCI format based on the initial BWP configuration included in the second configuration information or the CORESET configuration with the smallest index in the CORESET group included in the second configuration information And the payload size of the tenth DCI format.
  24. 根据权利要求20-23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The apparatus according to any one of claims 20-23, wherein the third DCI format is a DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第四DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The fourth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第五DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_1;The fifth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第六DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_1;The sixth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_1 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第七DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The seventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第八DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The eighth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第九DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The ninth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第十DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于USS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The tenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the USS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第十一DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The eleventh DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第十二DCI格式为所述第一配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0;The twelfth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the first configuration information;
    所述第十三DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 0_0;The thirteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 0_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information;
    所述第十四DCI格式为所述第二配置信息指示的配置于CSS中的DCI格式format 1_0。The fourteenth DCI format is the DCI format format 1_0 configured in the CSS indicated by the second configuration information.
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被计算机执行时使得所述计算机实现权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored thereon, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the method according to any one of claims 1-12.
  26. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括:指令,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising: instructions that when the computer program product runs on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-12.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    存储器、处理器,所述存储器中存储代码和数据,所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器运行所述存储器中的代码使得所述装置执行权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法。A memory and a processor, wherein code and data are stored in the memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor runs the code in the memory so that the device executes any one of claims 1-12 Methods.
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理器和通信接口;Processor and communication interface;
    所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信;The processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface;
    所述处理器用于运行计算机程序,使得所述通信装置实现如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the communication device implements the method according to any one of claims 1-12.
PCT/CN2020/106513 2019-08-15 2020-08-03 Method and apparatus for receiving and sending downlink control information WO2021027605A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910755802.6A CN112399436A (en) 2019-08-15 2019-08-15 Method and device for receiving and sending downlink control information
CN201910755802.6 2019-08-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021027605A1 true WO2021027605A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Family

ID=74570907

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/106513 WO2021027605A1 (en) 2019-08-15 2020-08-03 Method and apparatus for receiving and sending downlink control information

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112399436A (en)
WO (1) WO2021027605A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115396061A (en) * 2021-05-24 2022-11-25 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for aligning downlink control information size
WO2024007314A1 (en) * 2022-07-08 2024-01-11 Nec Corporation Methods, devices, and medium for communication

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017026086A1 (en) * 2015-08-07 2017-02-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Self- and cross- carrier scheduling
WO2018227499A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Nec Corporation Methods and apparatuses for transmitting control information
CN109309547A (en) * 2017-07-28 2019-02-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 Downlink Control Information detection method, transmission method, terminal and the network equipment
WO2019050379A1 (en) * 2017-09-11 2019-03-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information in wireless communication system
CN110034842A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of method and device, equipment, storage medium for transmitting DCI
CN111436123A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-21 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102711248B (en) * 2012-05-11 2016-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Reduce the processing method of blind decoding computational load in control channel, base station and terminal
CN108631934B (en) * 2017-03-24 2021-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal equipment and base station system
CN111010889B (en) * 2017-08-10 2021-07-09 夏普株式会社 Terminal device, base station, and method
CA3022244A1 (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-04-27 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Group common dci for wireless resources

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017026086A1 (en) * 2015-08-07 2017-02-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Self- and cross- carrier scheduling
WO2018227499A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Nec Corporation Methods and apparatuses for transmitting control information
CN109309547A (en) * 2017-07-28 2019-02-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 Downlink Control Information detection method, transmission method, terminal and the network equipment
WO2019050379A1 (en) * 2017-09-11 2019-03-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information in wireless communication system
CN110034842A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of method and device, equipment, storage medium for transmitting DCI
CN111436123A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-21 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Indication of URLLC Configuration", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1806017 INDICATION OF URLLC CONFIGURATION, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Busan, Korea; 20180521 - 20180525, 12 May 2018 (2018-05-12), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051462286 *
OPPO: "Enhancements on multi-TRP and multi-panel transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1906287, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 3 May 2019 (2019-05-03), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051708324 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112399436A (en) 2021-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3902182B1 (en) Downlink channel transmission method and apparatus
US10863578B2 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
US11695500B2 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
EP3681220B1 (en) Resource configuration method, determination method, and device and communication system thereof
US11477307B2 (en) Media access control protocol data unit processing method and apparatus
WO2020221021A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US10270576B2 (en) Information transmission method, user equipment, and base station
EP3787212A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
EP3761701B1 (en) Resource determination method, indication method, and device
WO2021027605A1 (en) Method and apparatus for receiving and sending downlink control information
WO2021027910A1 (en) Methods for scrambling and descrambling, network device and terminal device
WO2021031048A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20210360657A1 (en) Communication Method and Communication Apparatus
WO2018113558A1 (en) Downlink transmission method, base station and terminal device
WO2020221261A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020164487A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
US20240032065A1 (en) Resource Determining Method and Apparatus
CN114095116B (en) DCI analysis method, transmission method, terminal and network equipment
WO2023051313A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021159308A1 (en) Transmission method and apparatus
WO2022247552A1 (en) Method and device for aligning downlink control information size
WO2022151390A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
EP4336766A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
EP4120763A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2020172803A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20852496

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20852496

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1